* breakpoint.c (insert_breakpoints, breakpoint_init_inferior)
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include "hashtab.h"
25 #include "symtab.h"
26 #include "frame.h"
27 #include "breakpoint.h"
28 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "gdbtypes.h"
30 #include "expression.h"
31 #include "gdbcore.h"
32 #include "gdbcmd.h"
33 #include "value.h"
34 #include "command.h"
35 #include "inferior.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb_string.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "wrapper.h"
60 #include "valprint.h"
61
62 /* readline include files */
63 #include "readline/readline.h"
64 #include "readline/history.h"
65
66 /* readline defines this. */
67 #undef savestring
68
69 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
70
71 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
72 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
73 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
74
75 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
76
77 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
78
79 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
80
81 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
82
83 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
84
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
90
91 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
92
93 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
94
95 static void clear_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void catch_command (char *, int);
98
99 static void watch_command (char *, int);
100
101 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
102
103 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
104
105 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
106
107 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
108
109 static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
110
111 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
112
113 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
114 enum bptype bptype);
115
116 static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, struct obj_section *, int);
117
118 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
119
120 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
121
122 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat);
123
124 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
125
126 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
127
128 static void commands_command (char *, int);
129
130 static void condition_command (char *, int);
131
132 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
133
134 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
135
136 typedef enum
137 {
138 mark_inserted,
139 mark_uninserted
140 }
141 insertion_state_t;
142
143 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
144
145 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
146
147 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
148
149 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
150
151 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
152
153 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
154
155 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
156
157 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
158
159 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
160
161 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
162
163 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
164
165 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
166
167 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
168
169 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
170
171 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
172
173 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
174
175 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
176
177 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
178
179 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
180 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
181
182 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
183
184 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
185
186 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
187
188 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
189
190 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
191
192 static void update_global_location_list (int);
193
194 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
195
196 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt);
197
198 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
199
200 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
201
202 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
203
204 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
205
206 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
207
208 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
209
210 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
211 current breakpoint. */
212
213 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
214
215 static const char *
216 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
217 {
218 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
219 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
220 static char *bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
221 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
222 }
223
224 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
225 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
226 if such is available. */
227 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
228
229 static void
230 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
231 struct cmd_list_element *c,
232 const char *value)
233 {
234 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
235 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
236 value);
237 }
238
239 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
240 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
241 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
242 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
243 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
244 static void
245 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
246 struct cmd_list_element *c,
247 const char *value)
248 {
249 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
250 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
251 value);
252 }
253
254 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
255 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
256 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
257 use hardware breakpoints. */
258 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
259 static void
260 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
261 struct cmd_list_element *c,
262 const char *value)
263 {
264 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
265 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
266 value);
267 }
268
269 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
270 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
271 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
272 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
273 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
274
275 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
276 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
277 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
278 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
279 always_inserted_auto,
280 always_inserted_off,
281 always_inserted_on,
282 NULL
283 };
284 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
285 static void
286 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
287 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
288 {
289 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
290 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
291 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
292 value,
293 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
294 else
295 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value);
296 }
297
298 int
299 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
300 {
301 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
302 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
303 }
304
305 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
306
307 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
308 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
309
310 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
311 static int overlay_events_enabled;
312
313 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
314 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
315 breakpoint. */
316
317 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
318
319 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
320 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
321 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
322 B = TMP)
323
324 /* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
325
326 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
327
328 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
329 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
330 B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0; \
331 B = TMP)
332
333 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
334
335 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
336 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
337 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
338
339 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
340
341 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
342
343 struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
344
345 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
346 unlinked from bp_location_chain, but for which a hit
347 may still be reported by a target. */
348 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
349
350 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
351
352 int breakpoint_count;
353
354 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
355
356 int tracepoint_count;
357
358 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
359 static int
360 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
361 {
362 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
363 }
364
365 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
366
367 void
368 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
369 {
370 breakpoint_count = num;
371 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
372 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int32, (LONGEST) num));
373 }
374
375 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
376
377 void
378 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
379 {
380 struct breakpoint *b;
381
382 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
383 b->hit_count = 0;
384 }
385
386 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
387 for "break" command with no arg.
388 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
389 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
390
391 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
392
393 int default_breakpoint_valid;
394 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
395 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
396 int default_breakpoint_line;
397 \f
398 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
399 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
400
401 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
402 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
403 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
404
405 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
406
407 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
408 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
409 static int
410 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
411 {
412 int retval = 0; /* default */
413 char *p = *pp;
414
415 if (p == NULL)
416 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
417 return breakpoint_count;
418 else if (*p == '$')
419 {
420 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
421 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
422 char *varname;
423 char *start = ++p;
424 struct value *val;
425
426 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
427 p++;
428 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
429 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
430 varname[p - start] = '\0';
431 val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
432 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
433 retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
434 else
435 {
436 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
437 retval = 0;
438 }
439 }
440 else
441 {
442 if (*p == '-')
443 ++p;
444 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
445 ++p;
446 if (p == *pp)
447 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
448 {
449 /* Skip non-numeric token */
450 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
451 ++p;
452 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
453 retval = 0;
454 }
455 else
456 retval = atoi (*pp);
457 }
458 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
459 {
460 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
461 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
462 ++p;
463 retval = 0;
464 }
465 while (isspace (*p))
466 p++;
467 *pp = p;
468 return retval;
469 }
470
471
472 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
473 int
474 get_number (char **pp)
475 {
476 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
477 }
478
479 /* Parse a number or a range.
480 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
481 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
482 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
483 * inclusive.
484 *
485 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
486 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
487 *
488 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
489 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
490 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
491 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
492 * pointer PP past <number2>.
493 */
494
495 int
496 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
497 {
498 static int last_retval, end_value;
499 static char *end_ptr;
500 static int in_range = 0;
501
502 if (**pp != '-')
503 {
504 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
505 or to the first number of a range. */
506 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
507 if (**pp == '-')
508 {
509 char **temp;
510
511 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
512 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
513 and also remember the end of the final token. */
514
515 temp = &end_ptr;
516 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
517 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
518 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
519 end_value = get_number (temp);
520 if (end_value < last_retval)
521 {
522 error (_("inverted range"));
523 }
524 else if (end_value == last_retval)
525 {
526 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
527 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
528 single number. */
529 *pp = end_ptr;
530 }
531 else
532 in_range = 1;
533 }
534 }
535 else if (! in_range)
536 error (_("negative value"));
537 else
538 {
539 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
540 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
541 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
542 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
543 is reached. */
544
545 if (++last_retval == end_value)
546 {
547 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
548 *pp = end_ptr;
549 in_range = 0;
550 }
551 }
552 return last_retval;
553 }
554
555
556 \f
557 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
558
559 static void
560 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
561 {
562 struct breakpoint *b;
563 char *p;
564 int bnum;
565
566 if (arg == 0)
567 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
568
569 p = arg;
570 bnum = get_number (&p);
571 if (bnum == 0)
572 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
573
574 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
575 if (b->number == bnum)
576 {
577 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
578 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
579 {
580 if (loc->cond)
581 {
582 xfree (loc->cond);
583 loc->cond = 0;
584 }
585 }
586 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
587 xfree (b->cond_string);
588
589 if (*p == 0)
590 {
591 b->cond_string = NULL;
592 if (from_tty)
593 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
594 }
595 else
596 {
597 arg = p;
598 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
599 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
600 b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
601 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
602 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
603 {
604 arg = p;
605 loc->cond =
606 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
607 if (*arg)
608 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
609 }
610 }
611 breakpoints_changed ();
612 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
613 return;
614 }
615
616 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
617 }
618
619 static void
620 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
621 {
622 struct breakpoint *b;
623 char *p;
624 int bnum;
625 struct command_line *l;
626
627 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
628 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
629 being read from. */
630
631 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
632 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
633
634 p = arg;
635 bnum = get_number (&p);
636
637 if (p && *p)
638 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
639
640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
641 if (b->number == bnum)
642 {
643 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
644 bnum);
645 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
646 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty, 1);
647 do_cleanups (cleanups);
648 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
649 b->commands = l;
650 breakpoints_changed ();
651 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
652 return;
653 }
654 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
655 }
656
657 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
658 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
659
660 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
661 that are part of if and while bodies. */
662 enum command_control_type
663 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
664 {
665 struct breakpoint *b;
666 char *p;
667 int bnum;
668
669 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
670 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
671 being read from. */
672
673 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
674 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
675
676 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
677 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
678 if (arg && !*arg)
679 p = NULL;
680 else
681 p = arg;
682 bnum = get_number (&p);
683
684 if (p && *p)
685 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
686
687 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
688 if (b->number == bnum)
689 {
690 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
691 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
692 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
693 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
694 list after it finishes execution. */
695 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
696 breakpoints_changed ();
697 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
698 return simple_control;
699 }
700 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
701 }
702 \f
703 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
704 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents. */
705
706 void
707 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
708 {
709 struct bp_location *b;
710 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
711 int bp_size = 0;
712 int bptoffset = 0;
713
714 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
715 {
716 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
717 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
718 b->owner->number);
719
720 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
721 continue;
722 if (!b->inserted)
723 continue;
724 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
725 we need to copy. */
726 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
727 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
728 if (bp_size == 0)
729 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
730 continue;
731
732 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
733 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
734 are reading. */
735 continue;
736
737 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
738 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
739 reading. */
740 continue;
741
742 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
743 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
744 {
745 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
746 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
747 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
748 bp_addr = memaddr;
749 }
750
751 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
752 {
753 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
754 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
755 }
756
757 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
758 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
759 }
760 }
761 \f
762
763 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
764 static void
765 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
766 {
767 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
768 int val = -1;
769
770 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_catchpoint);
771 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->insert != NULL);
772
773 b->ops->insert (b);
774 }
775
776 static int
777 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
778 {
779 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
780 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
781 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
782 }
783
784 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
785 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
786 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
787 not need them.
788
789 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
790 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
791 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
792 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
793 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
794
795 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
796 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
797 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
798 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
799
800 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
801 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
802 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
803 chain. */
804
805 static void
806 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression *exp, struct value **valp,
807 struct value **resultp, struct value **val_chain)
808 {
809 struct value *mark, *new_mark, *result;
810 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
811
812 *valp = NULL;
813 if (resultp)
814 *resultp = NULL;
815 if (val_chain)
816 *val_chain = NULL;
817
818 /* Evaluate the expression. */
819 mark = value_mark ();
820 result = NULL;
821
822 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
823 {
824 result = evaluate_expression (exp);
825 }
826 if (ex.reason < 0)
827 {
828 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
829 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
830 error to some higher catcher. */
831 switch (ex.error)
832 {
833 case MEMORY_ERROR:
834 break;
835 default:
836 throw_exception (ex);
837 break;
838 }
839 }
840
841 new_mark = value_mark ();
842 if (mark == new_mark)
843 return;
844 if (resultp)
845 *resultp = result;
846
847 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
848 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
849 if (result != NULL
850 && (!value_lazy (result) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result)))
851 *valp = result;
852
853 if (val_chain)
854 {
855 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
856 decide which addresses to watch. */
857 *val_chain = new_mark;
858 value_release_to_mark (mark);
859 }
860 }
861
862 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
863 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
864 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
865 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
866 in b->loc->cond.
867 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
868
869 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
870 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. */
871 static void
872 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
873 {
874 int within_current_scope;
875 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
876 struct bp_location *loc;
877 bpstat bs;
878
879 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location_chain and
880 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
881 breakpoints if needed. */
882 b->loc = NULL;
883
884 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
885 return;
886
887 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
888 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
889 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
890 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
891 selected frame. */
892 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
893
894 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
895 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
896 within_current_scope = 1;
897 else
898 {
899 struct frame_info *fi;
900 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
901 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
902 if (within_current_scope)
903 select_frame (fi);
904 }
905
906 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
907 {
908 char *s;
909 if (b->exp)
910 {
911 xfree (b->exp);
912 b->exp = NULL;
913 }
914 s = b->exp_string;
915 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
916 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
917 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
918 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
919 be completely different objects. */
920 value_free (b->val);
921 b->val = NULL;
922 b->val_valid = 0;
923 }
924
925 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
926 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
927 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
928 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
929 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
930 if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
931 {
932 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
933
934 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &v, &result, &val_chain);
935
936 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
937 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
938 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
939 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
940 if (!b->val_valid)
941 {
942 b->val = v;
943 b->val_valid = 1;
944 }
945
946 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
947 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
948 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
949 if ((b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
950 && reparse)
951 {
952 int i, mem_cnt, other_type_used;
953
954 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint,
955 &other_type_used);
956 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
957
958 if (!mem_cnt)
959 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
960 else
961 {
962 int target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
963 (bp_hardware_watchpoint, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
964 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
965 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
966 else
967 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
968 }
969 }
970
971 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
972 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
973 {
974 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
975 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
976 must watch it. If the first value returned is
977 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
978 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
979 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
980 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
981 {
982 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
983
984 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
985 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
986 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
987 if (v == result
988 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
989 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
990 {
991 CORE_ADDR addr;
992 int len, type;
993 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
994
995 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
996 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
997 type = hw_write;
998 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
999 type = hw_read;
1000 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1001 type = hw_access;
1002
1003 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1004 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1005 ;
1006 *tmp = loc;
1007 loc->address = addr;
1008 loc->length = len;
1009 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1010 }
1011 }
1012
1013 next = value_next (v);
1014 if (v != b->val)
1015 value_free (v);
1016 }
1017
1018 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1019 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1020 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1021 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1022 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1023 {
1024 char *s = b->cond_string;
1025 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1026 }
1027 }
1028 else if (!within_current_scope)
1029 {
1030 printf_filtered (_("\
1031 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1032 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1033 b->number);
1034 if (b->related_breakpoint)
1035 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1036 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1037 }
1038
1039 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1040 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1041 }
1042
1043
1044 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1045 inserted in the inferior. */
1046 static int
1047 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt)
1048 {
1049 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
1050 return 0;
1051
1052 if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1053 return 0;
1054
1055 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate)
1056 return 0;
1057
1058 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1059 not by us. */
1060 if (bpt->owner->type == bp_tracepoint)
1061 return 0;
1062
1063 return 1;
1064 }
1065
1066 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1067 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1068 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1069
1070 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1071 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1072 static int
1073 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
1074 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1075 int *disabled_breaks,
1076 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1077 {
1078 int val = 0;
1079
1080 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted)
1081 return 0;
1082
1083 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1084 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
1085 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
1086
1087 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1088 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1089 {
1090 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1091 {
1092 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1093 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1094 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1095 Two important cases are:
1096 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1097 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1098 hardware breakpoint.
1099 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1100 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1101 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1102
1103 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1104 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1105 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1106 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1107 struct mem_region *mr
1108 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
1109
1110 if (mr)
1111 {
1112 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1113 {
1114 int changed = 0;
1115 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1116
1117 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1118 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1119 else
1120 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1121
1122 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
1123 {
1124 static int said = 0;
1125 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
1126 if (!said)
1127 {
1128 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
1129 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1130 said = 1;
1131 }
1132 }
1133 }
1134 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1135 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1136 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1137 paddr (bpt->address));
1138 }
1139 }
1140
1141 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1142 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1143 || bpt->section == NULL
1144 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
1145 {
1146 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1147
1148 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1149 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1150 else
1151 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1152 }
1153 else
1154 {
1155 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1156 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1157 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1158 {
1159 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1160 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1161 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1162 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1163 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1164 bpt->owner->number);
1165 else
1166 {
1167 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
1168 bpt->section);
1169 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1170 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
1171 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1172 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
1173 if (val != 0)
1174 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1175 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1176 bpt->owner->number);
1177 }
1178 }
1179 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1180 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1181 {
1182 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1183 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1184 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1185 else
1186 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1187 }
1188 else
1189 {
1190 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1191 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1192 return 0;
1193 }
1194 }
1195
1196 if (val)
1197 {
1198 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1199 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt->address))
1200 {
1201 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1202 val = 0;
1203 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
1204 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1205 {
1206 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1207 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1208 bpt->owner->number);
1209 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1210 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1211 }
1212 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1213 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1214 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
1215 }
1216 else
1217 {
1218 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1219 {
1220 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1221 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1222 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1223 bpt->owner->number);
1224 }
1225 else
1226 {
1227 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1228 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1229 bpt->owner->number);
1230 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1231 "Error accessing memory address ");
1232 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->address), tmp_error_stream);
1233 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1234 safe_strerror (val));
1235 }
1236
1237 }
1238 }
1239 else
1240 bpt->inserted = 1;
1241
1242 return val;
1243 }
1244
1245 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1246 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1247 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1248 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1249 {
1250 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1251 bpt->length,
1252 bpt->watchpoint_type);
1253 bpt->inserted = (val != -1);
1254 }
1255
1256 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1257 {
1258 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1259 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1260 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1261 bpt->owner->number);
1262 if (e.reason < 0)
1263 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1264 else
1265 bpt->inserted = 1;
1266
1267 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1268 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1269 so just return success. */
1270 return 0;
1271 }
1272
1273 return 0;
1274 }
1275
1276 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1277 Throws exception on any error.
1278 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1279 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1280 void
1281 insert_breakpoints (void)
1282 {
1283 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1284
1285 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1286 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1287 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1288
1289 update_global_location_list (1);
1290
1291 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
1292 && (target_has_execution
1293 || gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)))
1294 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints
1295 when always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly
1296 insert them now. */
1297 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1298 }
1299
1300 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1301 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1302 Both return zero if successful,
1303 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1304
1305 static void
1306 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1307 {
1308 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1309 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1310 int error = 0;
1311 int val = 0;
1312 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1313 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1314
1315 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1316 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1317
1318 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1319 there was an error. */
1320 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1321
1322 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1323 {
1324 if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted)
1325 continue;
1326
1327 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1328 thread no longer exists. */
1329 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1330 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1331 continue;
1332
1333 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1334 &disabled_breaks,
1335 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1336 if (val)
1337 error = val;
1338 }
1339
1340 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1341 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1342 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1343 {
1344 int some_failed = 0;
1345 struct bp_location *loc;
1346
1347 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1348 continue;
1349
1350 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1351 continue;
1352
1353 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1354 continue;
1355
1356 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1357 if (!loc->inserted)
1358 {
1359 some_failed = 1;
1360 break;
1361 }
1362 if (some_failed)
1363 {
1364 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1365 if (loc->inserted)
1366 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1367
1368 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1369 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1370 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1371 bpt->number);
1372 error = -1;
1373 }
1374 }
1375
1376 if (error)
1377 {
1378 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1379 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1380 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1381 {
1382 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1383 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1384 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1385 }
1386 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1387 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1388 }
1389
1390 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1391 }
1392
1393 int
1394 remove_breakpoints (void)
1395 {
1396 struct bp_location *b;
1397 int val;
1398
1399 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1400 {
1401 if (b->inserted)
1402 {
1403 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1404 if (val != 0)
1405 return val;
1406 }
1407 }
1408 return 0;
1409 }
1410
1411 int
1412 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1413 {
1414 struct bp_location *b;
1415 int val;
1416
1417 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1418 {
1419 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1420 {
1421 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1422 if (val != 0)
1423 return val;
1424 }
1425 }
1426 return 0;
1427 }
1428
1429 int
1430 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1431 {
1432 struct bp_location *b;
1433 int val;
1434 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1435 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1436 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
1437
1438 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1439
1440 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1441 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1442 {
1443 if (b->inserted)
1444 {
1445 b->inserted = 0;
1446 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1447 &dummy1, &dummy2);
1448 if (val != 0)
1449 {
1450 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1451 return val;
1452 }
1453 }
1454 }
1455 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1456 return 0;
1457 }
1458
1459 static struct breakpoint *
1460 create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
1461 {
1462 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
1463 struct symtab_and_line sal;
1464 struct breakpoint *b;
1465
1466 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
1467
1468 sal.pc = address;
1469 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
1470
1471 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
1472 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
1473 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
1474
1475 return b;
1476 }
1477
1478 static void
1479 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name, struct objfile *objfile)
1480 {
1481 struct breakpoint *b;
1482 struct minimal_symbol *m;
1483
1484 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile)) == NULL)
1485 return;
1486
1487 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
1488 bp_overlay_event);
1489 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
1490
1491 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
1492 {
1493 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
1494 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
1495 }
1496 else
1497 {
1498 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1499 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
1500 }
1501 update_global_location_list (1);
1502 }
1503
1504 void
1505 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1506 {
1507 struct breakpoint *b;
1508 struct breakpoint *temp;
1509 struct bp_location *bploc;
1510 struct objfile *objfile;
1511
1512 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1513 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1514 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1515 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1516 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1517 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1518 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1519 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1520 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc)
1521 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
1522
1523 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1524 {
1525 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1526 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1527 {
1528 delete_breakpoint (b);
1529 continue;
1530 }
1531
1532 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1533 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1534 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1535 {
1536 delete_breakpoint (b);
1537 continue;
1538 }
1539
1540 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1541 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1542 {
1543 delete_breakpoint (b);
1544 continue;
1545 }
1546
1547 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1548 after an exec. */
1549 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
1550 {
1551 delete_breakpoint (b);
1552 continue;
1553 }
1554
1555 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
1556 {
1557 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1558 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1559 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1560 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1561 continue;
1562 }
1563
1564 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1565 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1566 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1567 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1568 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1569 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1570
1571 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1572 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1573 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1574 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1575 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1576 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1577 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1578
1579 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1580 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1581 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1582 let finish_command delete it.
1583
1584 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1585 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1586 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1587 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1588 solib breakpoints.) */
1589
1590 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1591 {
1592 continue;
1593 }
1594
1595 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1596 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1597 a.out. */
1598 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1599 {
1600 delete_breakpoint (b);
1601 continue;
1602 }
1603 }
1604 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1605 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
1606 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event", objfile);
1607 }
1608
1609 int
1610 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1611 {
1612 struct bp_location *b;
1613 int val;
1614 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1615
1616 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1617 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1618
1619 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1620 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1621 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1622 {
1623 if (b->inserted)
1624 {
1625 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1626 if (val != 0)
1627 {
1628 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1629 return val;
1630 }
1631 }
1632 }
1633 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1634 return 0;
1635 }
1636
1637 static int
1638 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1639 {
1640 int val;
1641
1642 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1643 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1644 return 0;
1645
1646 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
1647 This should not ever happen. */
1648 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
1649
1650 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1651 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1652 {
1653 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1654 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1655 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1656
1657 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1658 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1659 || b->section == NULL
1660 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1661 {
1662 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1663
1664 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1665 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1666 else
1667 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1668 }
1669 else
1670 {
1671 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1672 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1673 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1674 {
1675 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1676 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1677 */
1678 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1679 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1680 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1681 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1682 else
1683 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1684 }
1685 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1686 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1687 if (b->inserted)
1688 {
1689 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1690 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1691 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1692 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1693 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1694 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1695
1696 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1697 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1698 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
1699 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1700 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1701 else
1702 val = 0;
1703 }
1704 else
1705 {
1706 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1707 val = 0;
1708 }
1709 }
1710
1711 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
1712 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
1713 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
1714 if (val && solib_name_from_address (b->address))
1715 val = 0;
1716
1717 if (val)
1718 return val;
1719 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1720 }
1721 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1722 {
1723 struct value *v;
1724 struct value *n;
1725
1726 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1727 val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length,
1728 b->watchpoint_type);
1729
1730 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1731 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1732 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1733 b->owner->number);
1734 }
1735 else if (b->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
1736 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1737 && !b->duplicate)
1738 {
1739 gdb_assert (b->owner->ops != NULL && b->owner->ops->remove != NULL);
1740
1741 val = b->owner->ops->remove (b->owner);
1742 if (val)
1743 return val;
1744 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1745 }
1746
1747 return 0;
1748 }
1749
1750 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1751
1752 void
1753 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1754 {
1755 struct bp_location *bpt;
1756
1757 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1758 bpt->inserted = 0;
1759 }
1760
1761 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1762 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1763
1764 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1765 between runs.
1766
1767 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1768 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1769 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1770
1771
1772
1773 void
1774 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1775 {
1776 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1777 struct bp_location *bpt;
1778 int ix;
1779
1780 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
1781 nothing to do. */
1782 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
1783 return;
1784
1785 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1786 if (bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
1787 bpt->inserted = 0;
1788
1789 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1790 {
1791 switch (b->type)
1792 {
1793 case bp_call_dummy:
1794 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1795
1796 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1797 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1798 get rid of it.
1799
1800 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1801 delete_breakpoint (b);
1802 break;
1803
1804 case bp_watchpoint:
1805 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1806 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1807 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1808
1809 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1810 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1811 delete_breakpoint (b);
1812 else if (context == inf_starting)
1813 {
1814 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1815 in insert_breakpoints. */
1816 if (b->val)
1817 value_free (b->val);
1818 b->val = NULL;
1819 b->val_valid = 0;
1820 }
1821 break;
1822 default:
1823 break;
1824 }
1825 }
1826
1827 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
1828 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bpt); ++ix)
1829 free_bp_location (bpt);
1830 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
1831 }
1832
1833 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1834 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1835 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1836 permanent breakpoint.
1837 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1838 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1839 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1840 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1841 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1842
1843 enum breakpoint_here
1844 breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1845 {
1846 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1847 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1848
1849 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1850 {
1851 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1852 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1853 continue;
1854
1855 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1856 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1857 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1858 {
1859 if (overlay_debugging
1860 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1861 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1862 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1863 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1864 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1865 else
1866 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1867 }
1868 }
1869
1870 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1871 }
1872
1873 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
1874
1875 int
1876 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1877 {
1878 struct bp_location *loc;
1879 int ix;
1880
1881 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
1882 if (loc->address == pc)
1883 return 1;
1884
1885 return 0;
1886 }
1887
1888 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
1889 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain/bp_location_chain mechanism.
1890 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
1891 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
1892
1893 int
1894 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1895 {
1896 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1897
1898 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1899 {
1900 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1901 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1902 continue;
1903
1904 if (bpt->inserted
1905 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1906 {
1907 if (overlay_debugging
1908 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1909 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1910 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1911 else
1912 return 1;
1913 }
1914 }
1915 return 0;
1916 }
1917
1918 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
1919 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
1920
1921 int
1922 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1923 {
1924 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1925 return 1;
1926
1927 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1928 return 1;
1929
1930 return 0;
1931 }
1932
1933 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1934 inserted at PC. */
1935
1936 int
1937 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1938 {
1939 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1940 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1941
1942 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1943 {
1944 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1945 continue;
1946
1947 if (bpt->inserted
1948 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1949 {
1950 if (overlay_debugging
1951 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1952 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1953 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1954 else
1955 return 1;
1956 }
1957 }
1958
1959 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1960 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1961 return 1;
1962
1963 return 0;
1964 }
1965
1966 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1967 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1968
1969 int
1970 breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1971 {
1972 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1973 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
1974 int thread = -1;
1975 int task = 0;
1976
1977 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1978 {
1979 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1980 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1981 continue;
1982
1983 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1984 && bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
1985 continue;
1986
1987 if (bpt->address != pc)
1988 continue;
1989
1990 if (bpt->owner->thread != -1)
1991 {
1992 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
1993 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
1994 it is now time to do so. */
1995 if (thread == -1)
1996 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1997 if (bpt->owner->thread != thread)
1998 continue;
1999 }
2000
2001 if (bpt->owner->task != 0)
2002 {
2003 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2004 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2005 it is now time to do so. */
2006 if (task == 0)
2007 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
2008 if (bpt->owner->task != task)
2009 continue;
2010 }
2011
2012 if (overlay_debugging
2013 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
2014 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
2015 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2016
2017 return 1;
2018 }
2019
2020 return 0;
2021 }
2022 \f
2023
2024 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2025 in breakpoint.h. */
2026
2027 int
2028 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
2029 {
2030 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
2031 }
2032
2033 void
2034 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
2035 {
2036 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2037 value_free (bs->old_val);
2038 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2039 xfree (bs);
2040 }
2041
2042 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2043 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2044
2045 void
2046 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
2047 {
2048 bpstat p;
2049 bpstat q;
2050
2051 if (bsp == 0)
2052 return;
2053 p = *bsp;
2054 while (p != NULL)
2055 {
2056 q = p->next;
2057 bpstat_free (p);
2058 p = q;
2059 }
2060 *bsp = NULL;
2061 }
2062
2063 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2064 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2065
2066 bpstat
2067 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
2068 {
2069 bpstat p = NULL;
2070 bpstat tmp;
2071 bpstat retval = NULL;
2072
2073 if (bs == NULL)
2074 return bs;
2075
2076 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2077 {
2078 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
2079 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
2080 if (bs->commands != NULL)
2081 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
2082 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2083 {
2084 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
2085 release_value (tmp->old_val);
2086 }
2087
2088 if (p == NULL)
2089 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2090 retval = tmp;
2091 else
2092 p->next = tmp;
2093 p = tmp;
2094 }
2095 p->next = NULL;
2096 return retval;
2097 }
2098
2099 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2100
2101 bpstat
2102 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
2103 {
2104 if (bsp == NULL)
2105 return NULL;
2106
2107 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2108 {
2109 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
2110 return bsp;
2111 }
2112 return NULL;
2113 }
2114
2115 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2116 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2117 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2118
2119 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2120 step_resume breakpoint.
2121
2122 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2123 struct breakpoint *
2124 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
2125 {
2126 int current_thread;
2127
2128 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
2129
2130 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
2131
2132 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2133 {
2134 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2135 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2136 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
2137 bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
2138 return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
2139 }
2140
2141 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2142 }
2143
2144
2145 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2146 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2147 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2148 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2149 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2150 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2151 we set it.
2152 Return 1 otherwise. */
2153
2154 int
2155 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2156 {
2157 struct breakpoint *b;
2158
2159 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2160 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2161
2162 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2163 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2164 this function might return the same number more
2165 than once and this will look ugly. */
2166 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2167 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2168 if (b == NULL)
2169 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2170
2171 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2172 return 1;
2173 }
2174
2175 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2176
2177 void
2178 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2179 {
2180 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2181 {
2182 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2183 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2184 {
2185 value_free (bs->old_val);
2186 bs->old_val = NULL;
2187 }
2188 }
2189 }
2190
2191 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2192
2193 static void
2194 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2195 {
2196 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2197 {
2198 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
2199
2200 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2201 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2202 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2203 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2204 if (tp->in_infcall)
2205 return;
2206 }
2207
2208 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
2209 }
2210
2211 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2212 static void
2213 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2214 {
2215 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2216 }
2217
2218 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2219 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2220 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2221 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2222
2223 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2224 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2225 bpstat of the current thread. */
2226
2227 static int
2228 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
2229 {
2230 bpstat bs;
2231 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2232 int again = 0;
2233
2234 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2235 in bs->commands. */
2236 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2237 return 0;
2238
2239 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2240 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2241
2242 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2243 bs = *bsp;
2244
2245 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2246 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2247 {
2248 struct command_line *cmd;
2249 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2250
2251 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2252
2253 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2254 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2255 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2256 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2257 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2258 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2259 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2260 the tree when we're done. */
2261 cmd = bs->commands;
2262 bs->commands = 0;
2263 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2264
2265 while (cmd != NULL)
2266 {
2267 execute_control_command (cmd);
2268
2269 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2270 break;
2271 else
2272 cmd = cmd->next;
2273 }
2274
2275 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2276 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2277
2278 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2279 {
2280 if (target_can_async_p ())
2281 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2282 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2283 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2284 ;
2285 else
2286 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2287 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2288 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2289 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2290 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2291 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2292 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2293 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2294 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2295 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2296 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2297 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2298 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2299 again = 1;
2300 break;
2301 }
2302 }
2303 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2304 return again;
2305 }
2306
2307 void
2308 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2309 {
2310 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2311 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
2312 && target_has_execution
2313 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
2314 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
2315 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2316 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2317 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2318 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2319 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat))
2320 break;
2321 }
2322
2323 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2324
2325 static void
2326 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
2327 {
2328 if (val == NULL)
2329 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
2330 else
2331 {
2332 struct value_print_options opts;
2333 get_user_print_options (&opts);
2334 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
2335 }
2336 }
2337
2338 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2339 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2340 by having it set different print_it values.
2341
2342 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2343 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2344 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2345 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2346 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2347
2348 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2349 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2350 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2351 don't print anything else.
2352 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2353 that something to be followed by a location.
2354 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2355 that something to be followed by a location.
2356 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2357 analysis. */
2358
2359 static enum print_stop_action
2360 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2361 {
2362 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2363 struct breakpoint *b;
2364 const struct bp_location *bl;
2365 struct ui_stream *stb;
2366 int bp_temp = 0;
2367 enum print_stop_action result;
2368
2369 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2370 which has since been deleted. */
2371 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2372 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2373 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2374 b = bl->owner;
2375
2376 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2377 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2378
2379 switch (b->type)
2380 {
2381 case bp_breakpoint:
2382 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2383 bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del;
2384 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2385 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2386 bl->address,
2387 b->number, 1);
2388 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2389 if (bp_temp)
2390 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2391 else
2392 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2393 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2394 {
2395 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2396 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2397 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
2398 }
2399 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2400 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2401 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2402 break;
2403
2404 case bp_shlib_event:
2405 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2406 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2407 to shlib event" message.) */
2408 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2409 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2410 break;
2411
2412 case bp_thread_event:
2413 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2414 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2415 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2416 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2417 break;
2418
2419 case bp_overlay_event:
2420 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2421 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2422 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2423 break;
2424
2425 case bp_watchpoint:
2426 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2427 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2428 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2429 ui_out_field_string
2430 (uiout, "reason",
2431 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2432 mention (b);
2433 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2434 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2435 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2436 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2437 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2438 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2439 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2440 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2441 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2442 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2443 break;
2444
2445 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2446 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2447 ui_out_field_string
2448 (uiout, "reason",
2449 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2450 mention (b);
2451 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2452 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2453 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2454 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2455 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2456 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2457 break;
2458
2459 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2460 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2461 {
2462 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2463 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2464 ui_out_field_string
2465 (uiout, "reason",
2466 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2467 mention (b);
2468 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2469 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2470 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2471 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2472 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2473 }
2474 else
2475 {
2476 mention (b);
2477 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2478 ui_out_field_string
2479 (uiout, "reason",
2480 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2481 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2482 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2483 }
2484 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2485 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2486 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2487 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2488 break;
2489
2490 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2491 here. */
2492
2493 case bp_finish:
2494 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2495 ui_out_field_string
2496 (uiout, "reason",
2497 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2498 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2499 break;
2500
2501 case bp_until:
2502 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2503 ui_out_field_string
2504 (uiout, "reason",
2505 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2506 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2507 break;
2508
2509 case bp_none:
2510 case bp_longjmp:
2511 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2512 case bp_step_resume:
2513 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2514 case bp_call_dummy:
2515 case bp_tracepoint:
2516 default:
2517 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2518 break;
2519 }
2520
2521 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2522 return result;
2523 }
2524
2525 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2526 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2527 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2528 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2529 normal_stop(). */
2530
2531 static enum print_stop_action
2532 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2533 {
2534 switch (bs->print_it)
2535 {
2536 case print_it_noop:
2537 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2538 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2539 break;
2540
2541 case print_it_done:
2542 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2543 relevant messages. */
2544 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2545 break;
2546
2547 case print_it_normal:
2548 {
2549 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2550 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2551
2552 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2553 print_it_typical. */
2554 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2555 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2556 return b->ops->print_it (b);
2557 else
2558 return print_it_typical (bs);
2559 }
2560 break;
2561
2562 default:
2563 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2564 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2565 break;
2566 }
2567 }
2568
2569 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2570 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2571 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2572 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2573 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2574 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2575 routine is one of:
2576
2577 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2578 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2579 code to print the location. An example is
2580 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2581 the location.
2582 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2583 to also print the location part of the message.
2584 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2585 don't require a location appended to the end.
2586 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2587 further info to be printed.*/
2588
2589 enum print_stop_action
2590 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2591 {
2592 int val;
2593
2594 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2595 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2596 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2597 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2598 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2599 {
2600 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2601 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2602 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2603 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2604 return val;
2605 }
2606
2607 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2608 with and nothing was printed. */
2609 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2610 }
2611
2612 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2613 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2614 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2615 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2616
2617 static int
2618 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2619 {
2620 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2621 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2622 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2623 return i;
2624 }
2625
2626 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2627
2628 static bpstat
2629 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2630 {
2631 bpstat bs;
2632
2633 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2634 cbs->next = bs;
2635 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2636 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2637 bs->commands = NULL;
2638 bs->old_val = NULL;
2639 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2640 return bs;
2641 }
2642 \f
2643 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
2644 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
2645
2646 int
2647 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
2648 {
2649 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
2650 CORE_ADDR addr;
2651 struct breakpoint *b;
2652
2653 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
2654 {
2655 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
2656 as not triggered. */
2657 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2658 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2659 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2660 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2661 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2662
2663 return 0;
2664 }
2665
2666 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2667 {
2668 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
2669 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
2670 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2671 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2672 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2673 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2674 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
2675
2676 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
2677 }
2678
2679 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
2680 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
2681 triggered. */
2682
2683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2684 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2685 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2686 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2687 {
2688 struct bp_location *loc;
2689 struct value *v;
2690
2691 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2692 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2693 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2694 sufficient. */
2695 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
2696 addr, loc->address,
2697 loc->length))
2698 {
2699 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2700 break;
2701 }
2702 }
2703
2704 return 1;
2705 }
2706
2707 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2708 because of check_errors). */
2709 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2710 #define WP_DELETED 1
2711 /* The value has changed. */
2712 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2713 /* The value has not changed. */
2714 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2715
2716 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2717 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2718
2719 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
2720
2721 static int
2722 watchpoint_check (void *p)
2723 {
2724 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2725 struct breakpoint *b;
2726 struct frame_info *fr;
2727 int within_current_scope;
2728
2729 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2730
2731 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2732 within_current_scope = 1;
2733 else
2734 {
2735 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2736 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2737 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2738 reinit_frame_cache ();
2739 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2740 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2741
2742 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2743 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2744 if (within_current_scope
2745 && (block_linkage_function (b->exp_valid_block)
2746 != get_frame_function (fr)))
2747 within_current_scope = 0;
2748
2749 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2750 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2751 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2752 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2753 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2754
2755 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2756 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2757 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2758 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2759 if (!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2760 {
2761 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
2762 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
2763 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
2764
2765 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
2766 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2767 }
2768 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2769 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2770 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2771 the user. */
2772 select_frame (fr);
2773 }
2774
2775 if (within_current_scope)
2776 {
2777 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2778 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2779 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2780 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2781
2782 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2783 struct value *new_val;
2784
2785 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
2786 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
2787 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal (b->val, new_val)))
2788 {
2789 if (new_val != NULL)
2790 {
2791 release_value (new_val);
2792 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2793 }
2794 bs->old_val = b->val;
2795 b->val = new_val;
2796 b->val_valid = 1;
2797 /* We will stop here */
2798 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2799 }
2800 else
2801 {
2802 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2803 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2804 /* We won't stop here */
2805 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2806 }
2807 }
2808 else
2809 {
2810 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2811 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2812 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2813 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2814 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2815 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2816 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2817 the first value assigned). */
2818 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2819 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2820 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2821 information here. */
2822 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2823 ui_out_field_string
2824 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2825 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2826 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2827 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2828 which its expression is valid.\n");
2829
2830 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2831 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2832 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2833
2834 return WP_DELETED;
2835 }
2836 }
2837
2838 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
2839 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
2840 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
2841 static int
2842 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
2843 {
2844 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2845
2846 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2847 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2848 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2849 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2850 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2851 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2852 {
2853 if (bl->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2854 return 0;
2855 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2856 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2857 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2858 return 0;
2859 }
2860
2861 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2862 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2863 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2864 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2865 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
2866 (did not match the data address). */
2867
2868 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2869 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2870 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2871 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
2872 return 0;
2873
2874 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2875 {
2876 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2877 return 0;
2878 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2879 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2880 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2881 return 0;
2882 }
2883
2884 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2885 {
2886 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->breakpoint_hit != NULL);
2887 if (!b->ops->breakpoint_hit (b))
2888 return 0;
2889 }
2890
2891 return 1;
2892 }
2893
2894 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
2895 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
2896 to 0. */
2897 static void
2898 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
2899 {
2900 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2901 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2902
2903 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint
2904 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2905 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
2906 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2907 {
2908 CORE_ADDR addr;
2909 struct value *v;
2910 int must_check_value = 0;
2911
2912 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2913 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
2914 watched value. */
2915 must_check_value = 1;
2916 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
2917 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
2918 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
2919 this watchpoint. */
2920 must_check_value = 1;
2921 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
2922 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2923 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
2924 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
2925 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
2926 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
2927 must_check_value = 1;
2928
2929 if (must_check_value)
2930 {
2931 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2932 b->number);
2933 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2934 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2935 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2936 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2937 switch (e)
2938 {
2939 case WP_DELETED:
2940 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2941 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2942 /* Stop. */
2943 break;
2944 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2945 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2946 {
2947 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2948 the value has changed. This is for targets
2949 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2950 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2951 bs->stop = 0;
2952 }
2953 break;
2954 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2955 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2956 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2957 {
2958 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2959 the value hasn't changed. */
2960 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2961 bs->stop = 0;
2962 }
2963 /* Stop. */
2964 break;
2965 default:
2966 /* Can't happen. */
2967 case 0:
2968 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2969 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2970 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2971 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2972 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2973 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2974 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2975 break;
2976 }
2977 }
2978 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
2979 {
2980 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
2981 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
2982 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
2983 anything for this watchpoint. */
2984 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2985 bs->stop = 0;
2986 }
2987 }
2988 }
2989
2990
2991 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
2992 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
2993 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
2994 static void
2995 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
2996 {
2997 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2998 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2999 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3000
3001 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
3002 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3003 bs->stop = 0;
3004 else if (bs->stop)
3005 {
3006 int value_is_zero = 0;
3007
3008 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3009 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3010 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3011 iteration. */
3012 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
3013 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3014
3015 if (bl->cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
3016 {
3017 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3018 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3019 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3020 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3021 function call. */
3022 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3023
3024 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
3025 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
3026 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3027 value_is_zero
3028 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
3029 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3030 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3031 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3032 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3033 }
3034 if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
3035 {
3036 bs->stop = 0;
3037 }
3038 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
3039 {
3040 bs->stop = 0;
3041 }
3042 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
3043 {
3044 b->ignore_count--;
3045 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3046 bs->stop = 0;
3047 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3048 stop. */
3049 ++(b->hit_count);
3050 }
3051 }
3052 }
3053
3054
3055 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3056 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3057
3058 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3059 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3060
3061 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3062
3063 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3064
3065 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3066 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3067 several reasons concurrently.)
3068
3069 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3070 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3071
3072 bpstat
3073 bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
3074 {
3075 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
3076 const struct bp_location *bl;
3077 struct bp_location *loc;
3078 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3079 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3080 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3081 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3082 int ix;
3083 int need_remove_insert;
3084
3085 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
3086 {
3087 b = bl->owner;
3088 gdb_assert (b);
3089 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3090 continue;
3091
3092 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3093 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3094 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3095 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3096 alrea
3097 */
3098 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
3099 continue;
3100
3101 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, bp_addr))
3102 continue;
3103
3104 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3105
3106 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3107
3108 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3109 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3110 'stop' to 0. */
3111 bs->stop = 1;
3112 bs->print = 1;
3113
3114 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
3115 if (!bs->stop)
3116 continue;
3117
3118 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
3119 /* We do not stop for these. */
3120 bs->stop = 0;
3121 else
3122 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
3123
3124 if (bs->stop)
3125 {
3126 ++(b->hit_count);
3127
3128 /* We will stop here */
3129 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
3130 {
3131 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3132 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3133 update_global_location_list (0);
3134 }
3135 if (b->silent)
3136 bs->print = 0;
3137 bs->commands = b->commands;
3138 if (bs->commands &&
3139 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
3140 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
3141 {
3142 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
3143 bs->print = 0;
3144 }
3145 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
3146 }
3147
3148 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3149 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
3150 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3151 }
3152
3153 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3154 {
3155 if (loc->address == bp_addr)
3156 {
3157 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, bs);
3158 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3159 bs->stop = 0;
3160 bs->print = 0;
3161 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3162 }
3163 }
3164
3165 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
3166 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3167
3168 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3169 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3170 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3171 done later. */
3172 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3173 if (bs->stop)
3174 break;
3175
3176 need_remove_insert = 0;
3177 if (bs == NULL)
3178 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3179 if (!bs->stop
3180 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
3181 && (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3182 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3183 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
3184 {
3185 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3186 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3187 further code from trying to use it. */
3188 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
3189 need_remove_insert = 1;
3190 }
3191
3192 if (need_remove_insert)
3193 {
3194 remove_breakpoints ();
3195 insert_breakpoints ();
3196 }
3197
3198 return root_bs->next;
3199 }
3200 \f
3201 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3202 struct bpstat_what
3203 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3204 {
3205 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3206 enum class
3207 {
3208 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3209 no_effect = 0,
3210
3211 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3212 wp_silent,
3213
3214 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3215 wp_noisy,
3216
3217 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3218 bp_nostop,
3219
3220 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3221 bp_silent,
3222
3223 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3224 bp_noisy,
3225
3226 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3227 long_jump,
3228
3229 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3230 long_resume,
3231
3232 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3233 step_resume,
3234
3235 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3236 shlib_event,
3237
3238 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3239 class_last
3240 };
3241
3242 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3243 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3244 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3245 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3246 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3247 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3248 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3249 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3250 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3251 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3252 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3253
3254 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3255 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3256 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3257 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3258
3259 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3260 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3261 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3262 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3263 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3264 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3265 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3266
3267 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3268 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3269 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3270 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3271 ordering is:
3272
3273 kc < clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3274 sgl < shl slr sn sr ss
3275 slr < err shl sn sr ss
3276 clr < err shl sn sr ss
3277 ss < shl sn sr
3278 sn < shl sr
3279 shl < sr
3280 sr <
3281
3282 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3283 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3284 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3285 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3286 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3287
3288 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3289 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3290 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3291
3292 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3293 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3294 {
3295 /* old action */
3296 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl
3297 */
3298 /*no_effect */
3299 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, sr, shl},
3300 /*wp_silent */
3301 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl},
3302 /*wp_noisy */
3303 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl},
3304 /*bp_nostop */
3305 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, slr, sr, shl},
3306 /*bp_silent */
3307 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl},
3308 /*bp_noisy */
3309 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl},
3310 /*long_jump */
3311 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, sr, shl},
3312 /*long_resume */
3313 {clr, ss, sn, err, err, err, sr, shl},
3314 /*step_resume */
3315 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3316 /*shlib */
3317 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl}
3318 };
3319
3320 #undef kc
3321 #undef ss
3322 #undef sn
3323 #undef sgl
3324 #undef slr
3325 #undef clr
3326 #undef err
3327 #undef sr
3328 #undef ts
3329 #undef shl
3330 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3331 struct bpstat_what retval;
3332
3333 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3334 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3335 {
3336 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3337 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3338 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3339 which has since been deleted. */
3340 continue;
3341 if (bs->breakpoint_at->owner == NULL)
3342 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3343 else
3344 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3345 {
3346 case bp_none:
3347 continue;
3348
3349 case bp_breakpoint:
3350 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3351 case bp_until:
3352 case bp_finish:
3353 if (bs->stop)
3354 {
3355 if (bs->print)
3356 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3357 else
3358 bs_class = bp_silent;
3359 }
3360 else
3361 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3362 break;
3363 case bp_watchpoint:
3364 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3365 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3366 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3367 if (bs->stop)
3368 {
3369 if (bs->print)
3370 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3371 else
3372 bs_class = wp_silent;
3373 }
3374 else
3375 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3376 This requires no further action. */
3377 bs_class = no_effect;
3378 break;
3379 case bp_longjmp:
3380 bs_class = long_jump;
3381 break;
3382 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3383 bs_class = long_resume;
3384 break;
3385 case bp_step_resume:
3386 if (bs->stop)
3387 {
3388 bs_class = step_resume;
3389 }
3390 else
3391 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3392 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3393 break;
3394 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3395 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3396 break;
3397 case bp_shlib_event:
3398 bs_class = shlib_event;
3399 break;
3400 case bp_thread_event:
3401 case bp_overlay_event:
3402 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3403 break;
3404 case bp_catchpoint:
3405 if (bs->stop)
3406 {
3407 if (bs->print)
3408 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3409 else
3410 bs_class = bp_silent;
3411 }
3412 else
3413 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3414 This requires no further action. */
3415 bs_class = no_effect;
3416 break;
3417 case bp_call_dummy:
3418 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3419 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3420 bs_class = bp_silent;
3421 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3422 break;
3423 case bp_tracepoint:
3424 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3425 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3426 out already. */
3427 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3428 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3429 break;
3430 }
3431 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3432 }
3433 retval.main_action = current_action;
3434 return retval;
3435 }
3436
3437 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3438 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3439 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3440
3441 int
3442 bpstat_should_step (void)
3443 {
3444 struct breakpoint *b;
3445 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3446 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
3447 return 1;
3448 return 0;
3449 }
3450
3451 \f
3452
3453 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3454 struct bp_location *loc,
3455 char *wrap_indent,
3456 struct ui_stream *stb)
3457 {
3458 if (b->source_file)
3459 {
3460 struct symbol *sym
3461 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3462 if (sym)
3463 {
3464 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3465 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3466 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3467 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3468 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3469 }
3470 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3471 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3472
3473 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3474 {
3475 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3476 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3477
3478 if (fullname)
3479 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3480 }
3481
3482 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3483 }
3484 else if (!b->loc)
3485 {
3486 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3487 }
3488 else
3489 {
3490 print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3491 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3492 }
3493 }
3494
3495 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3496 static void
3497 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3498 struct bp_location *loc,
3499 int loc_number,
3500 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3501 {
3502 struct command_line *l;
3503 struct symbol *sym;
3504 struct ep_type_description
3505 {
3506 enum bptype type;
3507 char *description;
3508 };
3509 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3510 {
3511 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3512 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3513 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3514 {bp_until, "until"},
3515 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3516 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3517 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3518 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3519 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3520 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3521 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3522 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3523 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3524 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3525 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3526 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3527 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3528 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
3529 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
3530 };
3531
3532 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3533 char wrap_indent[80];
3534 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3535 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3536 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3537
3538 int header_of_multiple = 0;
3539 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3540 struct value_print_options opts;
3541
3542 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3543
3544 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3545 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3546 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3547 location. */
3548 if (loc == NULL
3549 && (b->loc != NULL
3550 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3551 header_of_multiple = 1;
3552 if (loc == NULL)
3553 loc = b->loc;
3554
3555 annotate_record ();
3556 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3557
3558 /* 1 */
3559 annotate_field (0);
3560 if (part_of_multiple)
3561 {
3562 char *formatted;
3563 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3564 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3565 xfree (formatted);
3566 }
3567 else
3568 {
3569 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3570 }
3571
3572 /* 2 */
3573 annotate_field (1);
3574 if (part_of_multiple)
3575 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3576 else
3577 {
3578 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3579 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3580 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3581 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3582 (int) b->type);
3583 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3584 }
3585
3586 /* 3 */
3587 annotate_field (2);
3588 if (part_of_multiple)
3589 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3590 else
3591 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3592
3593
3594 /* 4 */
3595 annotate_field (3);
3596 if (part_of_multiple)
3597 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
3598 else
3599 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
3600 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
3601 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
3602
3603
3604 /* 5 and 6 */
3605 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3606 if (opts.addressprint)
3607 {
3608 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3609 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3610 else
3611 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3612 }
3613
3614 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3615 {
3616 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3617 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3618 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
3619 just one location. */
3620 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3621 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3622 }
3623 else
3624 switch (b->type)
3625 {
3626 case bp_none:
3627 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3628 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3629 break;
3630
3631 case bp_watchpoint:
3632 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3633 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3634 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3635 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3636 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3637 is relatively readable). */
3638 if (opts.addressprint)
3639 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3640 annotate_field (5);
3641 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
3642 break;
3643
3644 case bp_breakpoint:
3645 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3646 case bp_until:
3647 case bp_finish:
3648 case bp_longjmp:
3649 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3650 case bp_step_resume:
3651 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3652 case bp_call_dummy:
3653 case bp_shlib_event:
3654 case bp_thread_event:
3655 case bp_overlay_event:
3656 case bp_tracepoint:
3657 if (opts.addressprint)
3658 {
3659 annotate_field (4);
3660 if (header_of_multiple)
3661 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3662 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
3663 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3664 else
3665 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3666 }
3667 annotate_field (5);
3668 if (!header_of_multiple)
3669 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3670 if (b->loc)
3671 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3672 break;
3673 }
3674
3675 if (!part_of_multiple)
3676 {
3677 if (b->thread != -1)
3678 {
3679 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3680 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3681 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3682 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3683 }
3684 else if (b->task != 0)
3685 {
3686 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
3687 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
3688 }
3689 }
3690
3691 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3692
3693 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3694 {
3695 annotate_field (6);
3696 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3697 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3698 the frame ID. */
3699 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3700 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3701 }
3702
3703 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3704 {
3705 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3706 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3707 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3708 annotate_field (7);
3709 if (b->type == bp_tracepoint)
3710 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
3711 else
3712 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3713 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3714 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3715 }
3716
3717 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3718 {
3719 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3720 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3721 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3722 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3723 }
3724
3725 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
3726 {
3727 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3728 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3729 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3730 else
3731 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3732 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3733 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3734 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3735 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3736 else
3737 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3738 }
3739
3740 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3741 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3742 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3743 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
3744 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3745
3746 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3747 {
3748 annotate_field (8);
3749 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3750 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3751 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3752 }
3753
3754 if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3755 {
3756 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3757
3758 annotate_field (9);
3759 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3760 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3761 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3762 }
3763
3764 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
3765 {
3766 annotate_field (10);
3767 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
3768 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
3769 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
3770 }
3771
3772 if (!part_of_multiple && b->step_count)
3773 {
3774 annotate_field (11);
3775 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstep count ");
3776 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "step", b->step_count);
3777 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
3778 }
3779
3780 if (!part_of_multiple && b->actions)
3781 {
3782 struct action_line *action;
3783 annotate_field (12);
3784 for (action = b->actions; action; action = action->next)
3785 {
3786 ui_out_text (uiout, " A\t");
3787 ui_out_text (uiout, action->action);
3788 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3789 }
3790 }
3791
3792 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
3793 {
3794 if (b->addr_string)
3795 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
3796 else if (b->exp_string)
3797 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
3798 }
3799
3800 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3801 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3802 }
3803
3804 static void
3805 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3806 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3807 {
3808 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3809
3810 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3811 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
3812 locations, if any. */
3813 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3814 {
3815 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3816 disabled, we print it as if it had
3817 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3818 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3819 situation.
3820 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
3821 several locations internally, that's no a property
3822 exposed to user. */
3823 if (b->loc
3824 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3825 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3826 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3827 {
3828 struct bp_location *loc;
3829 int n = 1;
3830 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3831 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3832 }
3833 }
3834 }
3835
3836
3837 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3838 {
3839 int bnum;
3840 };
3841
3842 static int
3843 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3844 {
3845 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3846 struct breakpoint *b;
3847 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3848 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3849 {
3850 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3851 {
3852 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3853 return GDB_RC_OK;
3854 }
3855 }
3856 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3857 }
3858
3859 enum gdb_rc
3860 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3861 {
3862 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3863 args.bnum = bnum;
3864 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3865 an error. */
3866 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3867 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3868 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3869 else
3870 return GDB_RC_OK;
3871 }
3872
3873 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3874 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3875
3876 static int
3877 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3878 {
3879 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3880 || b->type == bp_catchpoint
3881 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3882 || b->type == bp_tracepoint
3883 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3884 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3885 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3886 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3887 }
3888
3889 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3890 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3891 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3892
3893 static void
3894 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3895 {
3896 struct breakpoint *b;
3897 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3898 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3899 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3900 struct value_print_options opts;
3901
3902 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3903
3904 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3905 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3906 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3907 if (bnum == -1
3908 || bnum == b->number)
3909 {
3910 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3911 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3912 }
3913
3914 if (opts.addressprint)
3915 bkpttbl_chain
3916 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3917 "BreakpointTable");
3918 else
3919 bkpttbl_chain
3920 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3921 "BreakpointTable");
3922
3923 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3924 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3925 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3926 annotate_field (0);
3927 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3928 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3929 annotate_field (1);
3930 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3931 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3932 annotate_field (2);
3933 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3934 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3935 annotate_field (3);
3936 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3937 if (opts.addressprint)
3938 {
3939 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3940 annotate_field (4);
3941 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3942 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3943 else
3944 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3945 }
3946 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3947 annotate_field (5);
3948 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
3949 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3950 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3951 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3952
3953 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3954 if (bnum == -1
3955 || bnum == b->number)
3956 {
3957 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3958 allflag is set. */
3959 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3960 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3961 }
3962
3963 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3964
3965 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3966 {
3967 if (bnum == -1)
3968 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3969 else
3970 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3971 bnum);
3972 }
3973 else
3974 {
3975 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3976 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
3977 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
3978 set_next_address (current_gdbarch, last_addr);
3979 }
3980
3981 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3982 there have been breakpoints? */
3983 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3984 }
3985
3986 static void
3987 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3988 {
3989 int bnum = -1;
3990
3991 if (bnum_exp)
3992 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3993
3994 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
3995 }
3996
3997 static void
3998 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3999 {
4000 int bnum = -1;
4001
4002 if (bnum_exp)
4003 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
4004
4005 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
4006 }
4007
4008 static int
4009 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
4010 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
4011 {
4012 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
4013 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4014 {
4015 if (bl->address == pc
4016 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
4017 return 1;
4018 }
4019 return 0;
4020 }
4021
4022 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
4023
4024 static void
4025 describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section,
4026 int thread)
4027 {
4028 int others = 0;
4029 struct breakpoint *b;
4030
4031 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4032 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
4033 if (others > 0)
4034 {
4035 if (others == 1)
4036 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4037 else /* if (others == ???) */
4038 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4039 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4040 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
4041 {
4042 others--;
4043 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
4044 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
4045 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4046 else if (b->thread != -1)
4047 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
4048 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4049 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
4050 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
4051 ? " (disabled)"
4052 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
4053 ? " (permanent)"
4054 : ""),
4055 (others > 1) ? ","
4056 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
4057 }
4058 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4059 fputs_filtered (paddress (pc), gdb_stdout);
4060 printf_filtered (".\n");
4061 }
4062 }
4063 \f
4064 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4065 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4066
4067 void
4068 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
4069 int line)
4070 {
4071 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
4072 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
4073 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
4074 default_breakpoint_line = line;
4075 }
4076
4077 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4078 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4079 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4080 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4081
4082 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4083 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
4084 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
4085 breakpoint at address zero:
4086
4087 bp_watchpoint
4088 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4089 bp_read_watchpoint
4090 bp_access_watchpoint
4091 bp_catchpoint */
4092
4093 static int
4094 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4095 {
4096 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
4097
4098 return (type != bp_watchpoint
4099 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4100 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
4101 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
4102 && type != bp_catchpoint);
4103 }
4104
4105 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
4106 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
4107 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
4108 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
4109 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
4110
4111 static void
4112 check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, struct obj_section *section)
4113 {
4114 struct bp_location *b;
4115 int count = 0;
4116 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
4117
4118 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4119 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4120 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4121 && b->enabled
4122 && !b->shlib_disabled
4123 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4124 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4125 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4126 {
4127 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4128 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4129 {
4130 perm_bp = b;
4131 break;
4132 }
4133
4134 count++;
4135 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4136 }
4137
4138 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4139 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there (except
4140 other permanent breakpoints) to be the duplicates. */
4141 if (perm_bp)
4142 {
4143 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4144
4145 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4146 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4147 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4148 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4149 "actually inserted"));
4150
4151 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4152 if (b != perm_bp)
4153 {
4154 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent
4155 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4156 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4157 && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
4158 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4159 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4160 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4161 {
4162 if (b->inserted)
4163 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4164 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4165 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4166
4167 b->duplicate = 1;
4168 }
4169 }
4170 }
4171 }
4172
4173 static void
4174 check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4175 {
4176 struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4177
4178 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4179 return;
4180
4181 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4182 check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4183 }
4184
4185 static void
4186 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4187 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4188 {
4189 char astr1[40];
4190 char astr2[40];
4191
4192 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4193 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4194 if (have_bnum)
4195 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4196 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4197 else
4198 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4199 }
4200
4201 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4202 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4203 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4204 this function is simply the identity function. */
4205
4206 static CORE_ADDR
4207 adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4208 {
4209 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4210 {
4211 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4212 return bpaddr;
4213 }
4214 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4215 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4216 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4217 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4218 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
4219 {
4220 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4221 have their addresses modified. */
4222 return bpaddr;
4223 }
4224 else
4225 {
4226 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4227
4228 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4229 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4230 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4231 bpaddr);
4232
4233 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4234 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4235 is required. */
4236 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4237 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4238
4239 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4240 }
4241 }
4242
4243 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4244
4245 static struct bp_location *
4246 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4247 {
4248 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4249
4250 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4251 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4252
4253 loc->owner = bpt;
4254 loc->cond = NULL;
4255 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4256 loc->enabled = 1;
4257
4258 switch (bpt->type)
4259 {
4260 case bp_breakpoint:
4261 case bp_tracepoint:
4262 case bp_until:
4263 case bp_finish:
4264 case bp_longjmp:
4265 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4266 case bp_step_resume:
4267 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4268 case bp_call_dummy:
4269 case bp_shlib_event:
4270 case bp_thread_event:
4271 case bp_overlay_event:
4272 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4273 break;
4274 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4275 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4276 break;
4277 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4278 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4279 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4280 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4281 break;
4282 case bp_watchpoint:
4283 case bp_catchpoint:
4284 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4285 break;
4286 default:
4287 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4288 }
4289
4290 return loc;
4291 }
4292
4293 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4294 {
4295 if (loc->cond)
4296 xfree (loc->cond);
4297
4298 if (loc->function_name)
4299 xfree (loc->function_name);
4300
4301 xfree (loc);
4302 }
4303
4304 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4305 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4306
4307 static struct breakpoint *
4308 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4309 {
4310 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4311
4312 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4313 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4314
4315 b->type = bptype;
4316 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4317 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4318 b->thread = -1;
4319 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4320 b->next = 0;
4321 b->silent = 0;
4322 b->ignore_count = 0;
4323 b->commands = NULL;
4324 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4325 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4326 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4327 b->ops = NULL;
4328 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4329
4330 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4331 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4332 of increasing numbers. */
4333
4334 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4335 if (b1 == 0)
4336 breakpoint_chain = b;
4337 else
4338 {
4339 while (b1->next)
4340 b1 = b1->next;
4341 b1->next = b;
4342 }
4343 return b;
4344 }
4345
4346 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4347 static void
4348 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4349 {
4350 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4351 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
4352 || loc->owner->type == bp_tracepoint)
4353 {
4354 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4355 NULL, NULL);
4356 if (loc->function_name)
4357 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4358 }
4359 }
4360
4361 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4362 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4363 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4364 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4365 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4366 is also returned as the value of this function.
4367
4368 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4369 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4370 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4371 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4372 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4373 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4374 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4375
4376 struct breakpoint *
4377 set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4378 {
4379 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4380 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4381
4382 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4383 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4384 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4385 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4386 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4387 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4388 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, b->type);
4389
4390 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
4391 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4392 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4393
4394 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4395 b->source_file = NULL;
4396 else
4397 b->source_file = savestring (sal.symtab->filename,
4398 strlen (sal.symtab->filename));
4399 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4400 b->line_number = sal.line;
4401
4402 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4403
4404 breakpoints_changed ();
4405
4406 return b;
4407 }
4408
4409
4410 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4411 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4412 void
4413 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4414 {
4415 struct bp_location *bl;
4416 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4417
4418 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4419 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4420 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4421 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4422 but it's easy to implmement. */
4423 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4424 bl->inserted = 1;
4425 }
4426
4427 static void
4428 create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4429 {
4430 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4431
4432 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4433 return;
4434 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4435 update_global_location_list (1);
4436 }
4437
4438 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4439 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4440 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4441
4442 void
4443 set_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4444 {
4445 if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
4446 {
4447 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
4448 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
4449 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
4450 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
4451 }
4452 }
4453
4454 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4455 void
4456 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
4457 {
4458 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4459
4460 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4461 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4462 {
4463 if (b->thread == thread)
4464 delete_breakpoint (b);
4465 }
4466 }
4467
4468 void
4469 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4470 {
4471 struct breakpoint *b;
4472
4473 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4474 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4475 {
4476 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4477 update_global_location_list (1);
4478 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4479 }
4480 }
4481
4482 void
4483 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4484 {
4485 struct breakpoint *b;
4486
4487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4488 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4489 {
4490 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4491 update_global_location_list (0);
4492 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4493 }
4494 }
4495
4496 struct breakpoint *
4497 create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4498 {
4499 struct breakpoint *b;
4500
4501 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4502
4503 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4504 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4505 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4506
4507 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4508
4509 return b;
4510 }
4511
4512 void
4513 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4514 {
4515 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4516
4517 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4518 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4519 delete_breakpoint (b);
4520 }
4521
4522 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4523 {
4524 char **arg_p;
4525 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4526 char ***addr_string_p;
4527 int *not_found_ptr;
4528 };
4529
4530 struct lang_and_radix
4531 {
4532 enum language lang;
4533 int radix;
4534 };
4535
4536
4537 void
4538 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4539 {
4540 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4541
4542 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4543 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4544 delete_breakpoint (b);
4545 }
4546
4547 struct breakpoint *
4548 create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4549 {
4550 struct breakpoint *b;
4551
4552 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4553 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4554 return b;
4555 }
4556
4557 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4558 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4559
4560 void
4561 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4562 {
4563 struct bp_location *loc;
4564
4565 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4566 {
4567 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4568 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4569 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4570 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4571 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4572 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4573 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
4574 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4575 || (b->type == bp_tracepoint))
4576 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4577 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4578 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4579 #else
4580 && solib_name_from_address (loc->address)
4581 #endif
4582 )
4583 {
4584 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4585 }
4586 }
4587 }
4588
4589 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4590 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4591
4592 static void
4593 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4594 {
4595 struct bp_location *loc;
4596 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4597
4598 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
4599 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
4600 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
4601 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
4602 if (exec_bfd != NULL
4603 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
4604 return;
4605
4606 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4607 {
4608 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4609 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4610 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4611 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4612 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4613 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
4614 {
4615 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4616 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4617 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4618 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4619 loc->inserted = 0;
4620 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4621 {
4622 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4623 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4624 solib->so_name);
4625 }
4626 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4627 }
4628 }
4629 }
4630
4631 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
4632
4633 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4634
4635 static void
4636 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4637 {
4638 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4639 }
4640
4641 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4642
4643 static int
4644 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4645 {
4646 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4647 }
4648
4649 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
4650 catchpoints. */
4651
4652 static int
4653 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4654 {
4655 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
4656 }
4657
4658 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4659
4660 static enum print_stop_action
4661 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4662 {
4663 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4664 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
4665 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4666 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4667 }
4668
4669 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4670
4671 static void
4672 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4673 {
4674 struct value_print_options opts;
4675
4676 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4677
4678 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4679 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4680 is relatively readable). */
4681 if (opts.addressprint)
4682 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4683 annotate_field (5);
4684 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
4685 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
4686 {
4687 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
4688 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
4689 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4690 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
4691 }
4692 }
4693
4694 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
4695 catchpoints. */
4696
4697 static void
4698 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4699 {
4700 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
4701 }
4702
4703 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
4704
4705 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
4706 {
4707 insert_catch_fork,
4708 remove_catch_fork,
4709 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
4710 print_it_catch_fork,
4711 print_one_catch_fork,
4712 print_mention_catch_fork
4713 };
4714
4715 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4716
4717 static void
4718 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4719 {
4720 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4721 }
4722
4723 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4724
4725 static int
4726 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4727 {
4728 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4729 }
4730
4731 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
4732 catchpoints. */
4733
4734 static int
4735 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4736 {
4737 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
4738 }
4739
4740 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4741
4742 static enum print_stop_action
4743 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4744 {
4745 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4746 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
4747 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4748 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4749 }
4750
4751 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4752
4753 static void
4754 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4755 {
4756 struct value_print_options opts;
4757
4758 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4759 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4760 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4761 is relatively readable). */
4762 if (opts.addressprint)
4763 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4764 annotate_field (5);
4765 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
4766 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
4767 {
4768 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
4769 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
4770 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4771 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
4772 }
4773 }
4774
4775 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
4776 catchpoints. */
4777
4778 static void
4779 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4780 {
4781 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
4782 }
4783
4784 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
4785
4786 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
4787 {
4788 insert_catch_vfork,
4789 remove_catch_vfork,
4790 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
4791 print_it_catch_vfork,
4792 print_one_catch_vfork,
4793 print_mention_catch_vfork
4794 };
4795
4796 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
4797
4798 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
4799 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
4800 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
4801 to the catchpoint. */
4802
4803 static struct breakpoint *
4804 create_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4805 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
4806 {
4807 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4808 struct breakpoint *b;
4809
4810 init_sal (&sal);
4811 sal.pc = 0;
4812 sal.symtab = NULL;
4813 sal.line = 0;
4814
4815 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catchpoint);
4816 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4817 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4818
4819 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4820 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4821 b->thread = -1;
4822 b->addr_string = NULL;
4823 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4824 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4825 b->ops = ops;
4826
4827 mention (b);
4828 update_global_location_list (1);
4829
4830 return b;
4831 }
4832
4833 static void
4834 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4835 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
4836 {
4837 struct breakpoint *b = create_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, ops);
4838
4839 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
4840 area. */
4841 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4842 }
4843
4844 /* Exec catchpoints. */
4845
4846 static void
4847 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4848 {
4849 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4850 }
4851
4852 static int
4853 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4854 {
4855 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4856 }
4857
4858 static int
4859 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4860 {
4861 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &b->exec_pathname);
4862 }
4863
4864 static enum print_stop_action
4865 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4866 {
4867 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4868 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
4869 b->exec_pathname);
4870 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4871 }
4872
4873 static void
4874 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4875 {
4876 struct value_print_options opts;
4877
4878 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4879
4880 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4881 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4882 is relatively readable). */
4883 if (opts.addressprint)
4884 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4885 annotate_field (5);
4886 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
4887 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
4888 {
4889 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
4890 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
4891 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
4892 }
4893 }
4894
4895 static void
4896 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4897 {
4898 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
4899 }
4900
4901 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
4902 {
4903 insert_catch_exec,
4904 remove_catch_exec,
4905 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
4906 print_it_catch_exec,
4907 print_one_catch_exec,
4908 print_mention_catch_exec
4909 };
4910
4911 static int
4912 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4913 {
4914 struct breakpoint *b;
4915 int i = 0;
4916
4917 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4918 {
4919 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4920 i++;
4921 }
4922
4923 return i;
4924 }
4925
4926 static int
4927 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4928 {
4929 struct breakpoint *b;
4930 int i = 0;
4931
4932 *other_type_used = 0;
4933 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4934 {
4935 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4936 {
4937 if (b->type == type)
4938 i++;
4939 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4940 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4941 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4942 *other_type_used = 1;
4943 }
4944 }
4945 return i;
4946 }
4947
4948 void
4949 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4950 {
4951 struct breakpoint *b;
4952
4953 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4954 {
4955 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4956 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4957 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4958 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4959 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4960 {
4961 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4962 update_global_location_list (0);
4963 }
4964 }
4965 }
4966
4967 void
4968 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4969 {
4970 struct breakpoint *b;
4971
4972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4973 {
4974 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4975 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4976 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4977 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4978 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4979 {
4980 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4981 update_global_location_list (1);
4982 }
4983 }
4984 }
4985
4986
4987 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4988 at address specified by SAL.
4989 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
4990
4991 struct breakpoint *
4992 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4993 enum bptype type)
4994 {
4995 struct breakpoint *b;
4996 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4997 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4998 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4999 b->frame_id = frame_id;
5000
5001 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
5002 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
5003 single thread of control. */
5004 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
5005 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
5006
5007 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5008
5009 return b;
5010 }
5011
5012 struct breakpoint *
5013 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (CORE_ADDR pc, enum bptype type)
5014 {
5015 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5016
5017 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
5018 sal.pc = pc;
5019 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
5020 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
5021
5022 return set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, type);
5023 }
5024 \f
5025
5026 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
5027
5028 static void
5029 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
5030 {
5031 int say_where = 0;
5032 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
5033 struct value_print_options opts;
5034
5035 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5036
5037 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
5038 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
5039 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
5040 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
5041 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number);
5042
5043 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
5044 b->ops->print_mention (b);
5045 else
5046 switch (b->type)
5047 {
5048 case bp_none:
5049 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
5050 break;
5051 case bp_watchpoint:
5052 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
5053 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
5054 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5055 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5056 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5057 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5058 break;
5059 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5060 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
5061 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
5062 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5063 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5064 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5065 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5066 break;
5067 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5068 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
5069 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
5070 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5071 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5072 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5073 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5074 break;
5075 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5076 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
5077 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
5078 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5079 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5080 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5081 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5082 break;
5083 case bp_breakpoint:
5084 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5085 {
5086 say_where = 0;
5087 break;
5088 }
5089 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
5090 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
5091 else
5092 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
5093 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
5094 say_where = 1;
5095 break;
5096 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5097 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5098 {
5099 say_where = 0;
5100 break;
5101 }
5102 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
5103 say_where = 1;
5104 break;
5105 case bp_tracepoint:
5106 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5107 {
5108 say_where = 0;
5109 break;
5110 }
5111 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
5112 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
5113 say_where = 1;
5114 break;
5115
5116 case bp_until:
5117 case bp_finish:
5118 case bp_longjmp:
5119 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5120 case bp_step_resume:
5121 case bp_call_dummy:
5122 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5123 case bp_shlib_event:
5124 case bp_thread_event:
5125 case bp_overlay_event:
5126 break;
5127 }
5128
5129 if (say_where)
5130 {
5131 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5132 single string. */
5133 if (b->loc == NULL)
5134 {
5135 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
5136 }
5137 else
5138 {
5139 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
5140 {
5141 printf_filtered (" at ");
5142 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->address), gdb_stdout);
5143 }
5144 if (b->source_file)
5145 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5146 b->source_file, b->line_number);
5147
5148 if (b->loc->next)
5149 {
5150 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
5151 int n = 0;
5152 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
5153 ++n;
5154 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
5155 }
5156
5157 }
5158 }
5159 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5160 return;
5161 printf_filtered ("\n");
5162 }
5163 \f
5164
5165 static struct bp_location *
5166 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5167 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5168 {
5169 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
5170
5171 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5172 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
5173 ;
5174 *tmp = loc;
5175 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
5176 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address, b->type);
5177 loc->section = sal->section;
5178
5179 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
5180 return loc;
5181 }
5182 \f
5183
5184 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
5185 return 0 otherwise. */
5186
5187 static int
5188 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
5189 {
5190 int len;
5191 CORE_ADDR addr;
5192 const gdb_byte *brk;
5193 gdb_byte *target_mem;
5194 struct cleanup *cleanup;
5195 int retval = 0;
5196
5197 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
5198
5199 addr = loc->address;
5200 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (current_gdbarch, &addr, &len);
5201
5202 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
5203 if (brk == NULL)
5204 return 0;
5205
5206 target_mem = alloca (len);
5207
5208 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
5209 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
5210 breakpoints they are permanent. */
5211 cleanup = make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
5212
5213 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
5214 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
5215 retval = 1;
5216
5217 do_cleanups (cleanup);
5218
5219 return retval;
5220 }
5221
5222
5223
5224 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
5225 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
5226 as condition expression. */
5227
5228 static void
5229 create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
5230 char *cond_string,
5231 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5232 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
5233 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, int enabled)
5234 {
5235 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5236 int i;
5237
5238 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5239 {
5240 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5241 int target_resources_ok =
5242 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5243 i + 1, 0);
5244 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5245 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5246 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5247 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5248 }
5249
5250 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5251 {
5252 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5253 struct bp_location *loc;
5254
5255 if (from_tty)
5256 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5257
5258 if (i == 0)
5259 {
5260 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5261 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5262 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5263 b->thread = thread;
5264 b->task = task;
5265
5266 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5267 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5268 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
5269 b->disposition = disposition;
5270
5271 loc = b->loc;
5272 }
5273 else
5274 {
5275 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5276 }
5277
5278 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
5279 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
5280
5281 if (b->cond_string)
5282 {
5283 char *arg = b->cond_string;
5284 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
5285 if (*arg)
5286 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
5287 }
5288 }
5289
5290 if (addr_string)
5291 b->addr_string = addr_string;
5292 else
5293 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5294 me. */
5295 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5296
5297 b->ops = ops;
5298 mention (b);
5299 }
5300
5301 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
5302 elements to fill the void space. */
5303 static void
5304 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
5305 {
5306 int i = index_to_remove+1;
5307 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
5308
5309 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
5310 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
5311
5312 --(sal->nelts);
5313 }
5314
5315 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond
5316 to the same file and line as SAL. This is done
5317 only if SAL does not have explicit PC and has
5318 line and file information. If we got just a single
5319 expanded sal, return the original.
5320
5321 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out
5322 all sals for which the name of enclosing function
5323 is different from SAL. This makes sure that if we have
5324 breakpoint originally set in template instantiation, say
5325 foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at the same
5326 line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'.
5327
5328 */
5329 static struct symtabs_and_lines
5330 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5331 {
5332 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
5333 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
5334 char *original_function = NULL;
5335 int found;
5336 int i;
5337
5338 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
5339 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
5340 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
5341 {
5342 expanded.nelts = 1;
5343 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5344 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5345 return expanded;
5346 }
5347
5348 sal.pc = 0;
5349 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
5350
5351 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
5352 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
5353 {
5354 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
5355 processing, just return the original sal. */
5356 xfree (expanded.sals);
5357 expanded.nelts = 1;
5358 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5359 sal.pc = original_pc;
5360 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5361 return expanded;
5362 }
5363
5364 if (!sal.explicit_line)
5365 {
5366 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
5367 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5368 {
5369 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
5370 char *this_function;
5371 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
5372 &func_addr, &func_end))
5373 {
5374 if (this_function &&
5375 strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
5376 {
5377 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
5378 --i;
5379 }
5380 else if (func_addr == pc)
5381 {
5382 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
5383 skip prologue. */
5384 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (pc);
5385 if (sym)
5386 expanded.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5387 else
5388 expanded.sals[i].pc
5389 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (current_gdbarch, pc);
5390 }
5391 }
5392 }
5393 }
5394
5395
5396 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
5397 {
5398 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
5399 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
5400 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
5401 xfree (expanded.sals);
5402 expanded.nelts = 1;
5403 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5404 sal.pc = original_pc;
5405 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5406 return expanded;
5407 }
5408
5409 if (original_pc)
5410 {
5411 found = 0;
5412 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5413 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
5414 {
5415 found = 1;
5416 break;
5417 }
5418 gdb_assert (found);
5419 }
5420
5421 return expanded;
5422 }
5423
5424 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5425 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5426 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5427 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
5428 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5429 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5430 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5431 we take just a single condition string.
5432
5433 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5434 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5435 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5436 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5437 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5438
5439 static void
5440 create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5441 char *cond_string,
5442 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5443 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
5444 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
5445 int enabled)
5446 {
5447 int i;
5448 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5449 {
5450 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
5451 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
5452
5453 create_breakpoint (expanded, addr_string[i],
5454 cond_string, type, disposition,
5455 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled);
5456 }
5457 }
5458
5459 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5460 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5461 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5462 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5463
5464 static void
5465 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5466 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5467 char ***addr_string,
5468 int *not_found_ptr)
5469 {
5470 char *addr_start = *address;
5471 *addr_string = NULL;
5472 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5473 breakpoint. */
5474 if ((*address) == NULL
5475 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5476 {
5477 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5478 {
5479 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5480 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5481 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5482 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5483 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5484 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5485 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5486 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5487
5488 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
5489 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
5490 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
5491 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
5492 */
5493 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
5494
5495 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5496 sals->nelts = 1;
5497 }
5498 else
5499 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5500 }
5501 else
5502 {
5503 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5504 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5505 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5506 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5507 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5508 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5509
5510 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5511
5512 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5513 && (!cursal.symtab
5514 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5515 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5516 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5517 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5518 not_found_ptr);
5519 else
5520 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5521 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5522 }
5523 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5524 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5525 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5526 if (addr_start != (*address))
5527 {
5528 int i;
5529 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5530 {
5531 /* Add the string if not present. */
5532 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5533 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5534 }
5535 }
5536 }
5537
5538
5539 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5540 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5541
5542 static void
5543 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5544 char *address)
5545 {
5546 int i;
5547 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5548 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5549 }
5550
5551 static void
5552 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5553 {
5554 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5555
5556 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5557 args->not_found_ptr);
5558 }
5559
5560 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5561 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5562 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5563 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5564 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5565 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
5566 static void
5567 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5568 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
5569 {
5570 *cond_string = NULL;
5571 *thread = -1;
5572 while (tok && *tok)
5573 {
5574 char *end_tok;
5575 int toklen;
5576 char *cond_start = NULL;
5577 char *cond_end = NULL;
5578 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5579 tok++;
5580
5581 end_tok = tok;
5582
5583 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5584 end_tok++;
5585
5586 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5587
5588 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5589 {
5590 struct expression *expr;
5591
5592 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5593 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5594 xfree (expr);
5595 cond_end = tok;
5596 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5597 cond_end - cond_start);
5598 }
5599 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5600 {
5601 char *tmptok;
5602
5603 tok = end_tok + 1;
5604 tmptok = tok;
5605 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5606 if (tok == tmptok)
5607 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5608 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5609 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5610 }
5611 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
5612 {
5613 char *tmptok;
5614
5615 tok = end_tok + 1;
5616 tmptok = tok;
5617 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5618 if (tok == tmptok)
5619 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
5620 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
5621 error (_("Unknown task %d\n"), *task);
5622 }
5623 else
5624 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5625 }
5626 }
5627
5628 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
5629 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
5630 This function has two major modes of operations,
5631 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
5632 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
5633 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
5634 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
5635 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
5636 parameters. */
5637
5638 static void
5639 break_command_really (char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
5640 int parse_condition_and_thread,
5641 int tempflag, int hardwareflag, int traceflag,
5642 int ignore_count,
5643 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
5644 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
5645 int from_tty,
5646 int enabled)
5647 {
5648 struct gdb_exception e;
5649 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5650 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5651 char *copy_arg;
5652 char *err_msg;
5653 char *addr_start = arg;
5654 char **addr_string;
5655 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5656 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5657 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5658 int i;
5659 int pending = 0;
5660 int not_found = 0;
5661 enum bptype type_wanted;
5662 int task = 0;
5663
5664 sals.sals = NULL;
5665 sals.nelts = 0;
5666 addr_string = NULL;
5667
5668 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5669 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5670 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5671 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5672
5673 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5674 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5675
5676 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5677 switch (e.reason)
5678 {
5679 case RETURN_QUIT:
5680 throw_exception (e);
5681 case RETURN_ERROR:
5682 switch (e.error)
5683 {
5684 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5685
5686 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5687 error. */
5688
5689 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5690 throw_exception (e);
5691
5692 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5693
5694 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5695 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5696 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5697 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5698 return;
5699
5700 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5701 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5702 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5703 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5704 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5705 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5706 sals.nelts = 1;
5707 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5708 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5709 pending = 1;
5710 break;
5711 default:
5712 throw_exception (e);
5713 }
5714 default:
5715 if (!sals.nelts)
5716 return;
5717 }
5718
5719 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5720 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5721
5722 if (!pending)
5723 {
5724 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5725 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5726
5727 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5728 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5729 }
5730
5731 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5732 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5733 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5734 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5735 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5736
5737 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5738 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5739 fails. */
5740 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5741 {
5742 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5743 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5744 }
5745
5746 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5747 are ok for the target. */
5748 if (!pending)
5749 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5750
5751 type_wanted = (traceflag
5752 ? bp_tracepoint
5753 : (hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint : bp_breakpoint));
5754
5755 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5756 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5757 breakpoint. */
5758 if (!pending)
5759 {
5760 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
5761 {
5762 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5763 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5764 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
5765 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
5766 cond_string = NULL;
5767 thread = -1;
5768 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
5769 &thread, &task);
5770 if (cond_string)
5771 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5772 }
5773 else
5774 {
5775 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
5776 if (cond_string)
5777 {
5778 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
5779 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5780 }
5781 }
5782 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string, type_wanted,
5783 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5784 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled);
5785 }
5786 else
5787 {
5788 struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5789 struct breakpoint *b;
5790
5791 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5792
5793 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (type_wanted);
5794 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5795 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5796 b->thread = -1;
5797 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5798 b->cond_string = NULL;
5799 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5800 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5801 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5802 b->ops = ops;
5803 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
5804
5805 mention (b);
5806 }
5807
5808 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5809 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5810 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5811 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5812 breakpoint. */
5813 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5814 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5815 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5816
5817 /* error call may happen here - have BREAKPOINT_CHAIN already discarded. */
5818 update_global_location_list (1);
5819 }
5820
5821 /* Set a breakpoint.
5822 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
5823 condition, and thread.
5824 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
5825 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
5826 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
5827
5828 static void
5829 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
5830 {
5831 int hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5832 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5833
5834 break_command_really (arg,
5835 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
5836 tempflag, hardwareflag, 0 /* traceflag */,
5837 0 /* Ignore count */,
5838 pending_break_support,
5839 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
5840 from_tty,
5841 1 /* enabled */);
5842 }
5843
5844
5845 void
5846 set_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5847 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5848 int thread, int ignore_count,
5849 int pending, int enabled)
5850 {
5851 break_command_really (address, condition, thread,
5852 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
5853 tempflag, hardwareflag, 0 /* traceflag */,
5854 ignore_count,
5855 pending
5856 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE : AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE,
5857 NULL, 0, enabled);
5858 }
5859
5860 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
5861 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
5862 the debugging information.
5863
5864 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
5865
5866 static void
5867 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5868 {
5869 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (sal->pc);
5870 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
5871
5872 if (sym == NULL)
5873 return;
5874
5875 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5876 if (sal->pc < start_sal.pc)
5877 *sal = start_sal;
5878 }
5879
5880 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5881
5882 void
5883 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5884 {
5885 CORE_ADDR pc;
5886
5887 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5888 {
5889 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5890 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5891 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5892 sal->pc = pc;
5893
5894 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
5895 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
5896 if (sal->explicit_line)
5897 {
5898 /* Preserve the original line number. */
5899 int saved_line = sal->line;
5900 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
5901 sal->line = saved_line;
5902 }
5903 }
5904
5905 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5906 {
5907 struct blockvector *bv;
5908 struct block *b;
5909 struct symbol *sym;
5910
5911 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
5912 if (bv != NULL)
5913 {
5914 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
5915 if (sym != NULL)
5916 {
5917 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5918 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
5919 }
5920 else
5921 {
5922 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5923 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5924 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5925 source). */
5926
5927 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5928
5929 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5930 if (msym)
5931 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
5932 }
5933 }
5934 }
5935 }
5936
5937 void
5938 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5939 {
5940 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5941 }
5942
5943 void
5944 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5945 {
5946 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
5947 }
5948
5949 static void
5950 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5951 {
5952 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
5953 }
5954
5955 static void
5956 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5957 {
5958 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
5959 }
5960
5961 static void
5962 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5963 {
5964 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5965 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5966 stop at <line>\n"));
5967 }
5968
5969 static void
5970 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5971 {
5972 int badInput = 0;
5973
5974 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
5975 badInput = 1;
5976 else if (*arg != '*')
5977 {
5978 char *argptr = arg;
5979 int hasColon = 0;
5980
5981 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
5982 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
5983 function/method name */
5984 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5985 {
5986 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5987 argptr++;
5988 }
5989
5990 if (hasColon)
5991 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
5992 else
5993 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
5994 }
5995
5996 if (badInput)
5997 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
5998 else
5999 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6000 }
6001
6002 static void
6003 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6004 {
6005 int badInput = 0;
6006
6007 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
6008 badInput = 1;
6009 else
6010 {
6011 char *argptr = arg;
6012 int hasColon = 0;
6013
6014 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
6015 it is probably a line number. */
6016 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
6017 {
6018 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
6019 argptr++;
6020 }
6021
6022 if (hasColon)
6023 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
6024 else
6025 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
6026 }
6027
6028 if (badInput)
6029 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
6030 else
6031 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6032 }
6033
6034 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
6035 hw_read: watch read,
6036 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
6037 static void
6038 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
6039 {
6040 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
6041 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6042 struct expression *exp;
6043 struct block *exp_valid_block;
6044 struct value *val, *mark;
6045 struct frame_info *frame;
6046 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
6047 char *exp_start = NULL;
6048 char *exp_end = NULL;
6049 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
6050 int toklen;
6051 char *cond_start = NULL;
6052 char *cond_end = NULL;
6053 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6054 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
6055 enum bptype bp_type;
6056 int mem_cnt = 0;
6057 int thread = -1;
6058
6059 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6060
6061 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
6062 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
6063 {
6064 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */
6065
6066 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
6067 tok = arg + toklen - 1;
6068
6069 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
6070 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
6071 be the thread identifier. */
6072 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
6073 tok--;
6074 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
6075 tok--;
6076
6077 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
6078 id_tok_start = tok + 1;
6079
6080 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
6081 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
6082 reach a "thread" token. */
6083 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
6084 tok--;
6085
6086 end_tok = tok;
6087
6088 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
6089 tok--;
6090
6091 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
6092 calculate the length of the token. */
6093 tok++;
6094 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6095
6096 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
6097 {
6098 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
6099 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
6100 only in a specific thread. */
6101 char *endp;
6102
6103 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
6104 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
6105
6106 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
6107 thread ID. */
6108 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
6109 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
6110
6111 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
6112 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
6113 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
6114
6115 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
6116 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
6117 evaluate_expression() function. */
6118 *tok = '\0';
6119 }
6120 }
6121
6122 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
6123 innermost_block = NULL;
6124 exp_start = arg;
6125 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
6126 exp_end = arg;
6127 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
6128 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
6129 prettier. */
6130 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
6131 --exp_end;
6132
6133 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
6134 mark = value_mark ();
6135 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp, &val, NULL, NULL);
6136 if (val != NULL)
6137 release_value (val);
6138
6139 tok = arg;
6140 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
6141 tok++;
6142 end_tok = tok;
6143
6144 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
6145 end_tok++;
6146
6147 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6148 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
6149 {
6150 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
6151 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
6152 cond_end = tok;
6153 }
6154 if (*tok)
6155 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
6156
6157 if (accessflag == hw_read)
6158 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
6159 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
6160 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
6161 else
6162 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
6163
6164 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
6165 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6166 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
6167 if (mem_cnt != 0)
6168 {
6169 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
6170 target_resources_ok =
6171 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
6172 other_type_used);
6173 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6174 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
6175
6176 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6177 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
6178 }
6179
6180 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
6181 watchpoint could not be set. */
6182 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
6183 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
6184
6185 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
6186 if (frame)
6187 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6188 else
6189 prev_frame = NULL;
6190
6191 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
6192 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
6193 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
6194 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
6195 if (innermost_block && prev_frame)
6196 {
6197 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
6198 bp_watchpoint_scope);
6199
6200 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6201
6202 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
6203 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
6204
6205 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
6206 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
6207
6208 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
6209 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
6210 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6211 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
6212 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
6213 scope_breakpoint->type);
6214 }
6215
6216 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
6217 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
6218 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6219 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6220 b->thread = thread;
6221 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6222 b->exp = exp;
6223 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
6224 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
6225 b->val = val;
6226 b->val_valid = 1;
6227 b->loc->cond = cond;
6228 if (cond_start)
6229 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
6230 else
6231 b->cond_string = 0;
6232
6233 if (frame)
6234 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
6235 else
6236 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
6237
6238 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
6239 {
6240 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
6241 need to act on them together. */
6242 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
6243 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
6244 }
6245
6246 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6247 mention (b);
6248 update_global_location_list (1);
6249 }
6250
6251 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
6252 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
6253 in hardware return zero. */
6254
6255 static int
6256 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
6257 {
6258 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
6259 struct value *head = v;
6260
6261 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
6262 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
6263 return 0;
6264
6265 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
6266 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
6267 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
6268 hardware watchpoint.
6269
6270 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
6271 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
6272 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
6273 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
6274 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
6275 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
6276 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
6277 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
6278 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
6279
6280 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
6281 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
6282 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
6283 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
6284 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
6285 {
6286 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
6287 {
6288 if (value_lazy (v))
6289 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
6290 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
6291 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
6292 ;
6293 else
6294 {
6295 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
6296 it with hardware watchpoints. */
6297 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
6298
6299 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
6300 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
6301 middle of some value chain. */
6302 if (v == head
6303 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6304 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
6305 {
6306 CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
6307 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
6308
6309 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len))
6310 return 0;
6311 else
6312 found_memory_cnt++;
6313 }
6314 }
6315 }
6316 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
6317 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
6318 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
6319 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
6320 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
6321 }
6322
6323 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
6324 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
6325 return found_memory_cnt;
6326 }
6327
6328 void
6329 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6330 {
6331 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6332 }
6333
6334 static void
6335 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6336 {
6337 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6338 }
6339
6340 void
6341 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6342 {
6343 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6344 }
6345
6346 static void
6347 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6348 {
6349 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6350 }
6351
6352 void
6353 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6354 {
6355 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6356 }
6357
6358 static void
6359 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6360 {
6361 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6362 }
6363 \f
6364
6365 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6366 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6367
6368 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
6369 {
6370 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6371 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
6372 };
6373
6374 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6375 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6376 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6377 command. */
6378 static void
6379 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg)
6380 {
6381 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
6382
6383 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
6384 if (a->breakpoint2)
6385 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
6386 }
6387
6388 void
6389 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6390 {
6391 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6392 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6393 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6394 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6395 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6396 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
6397 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6398
6399 clear_proceed_status ();
6400
6401 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6402 this function */
6403
6404 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6405 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6406 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6407 else
6408 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6409 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6410
6411 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6412 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6413
6414 sal = sals.sals[0];
6415 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6416
6417 if (*arg)
6418 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6419
6420 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6421
6422 if (anywhere)
6423 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6424 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6425 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6426 else
6427 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6428 at the very same frame. */
6429 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6430 bp_until);
6431
6432 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6433
6434 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6435 one. */
6436 if (prev_frame)
6437 {
6438 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6439 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6440 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6441 bp_until);
6442 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
6443 }
6444
6445 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6446
6447 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
6448 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
6449 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
6450 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
6451
6452 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
6453 {
6454 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
6455 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
6456
6457 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
6458 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
6459
6460 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
6461 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
6462 until_break_command_continuation, args,
6463 xfree);
6464 }
6465 else
6466 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6467 }
6468
6469 static void
6470 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6471 {
6472 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6473 return;
6474 while (isspace (**s))
6475 *s += 1;
6476 }
6477
6478 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6479 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6480
6481 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6482 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6483 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6484 if clause in the arg string. */
6485
6486 static char *
6487 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6488 {
6489 char *cond_string;
6490
6491 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6492 return NULL;
6493
6494 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6495 (*arg) += 2;
6496
6497 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6498 condition string. */
6499 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6500 cond_string = *arg;
6501
6502 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6503 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6504
6505 return cond_string;
6506 }
6507
6508 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6509 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6510
6511 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6512 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6513 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6514 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6515
6516 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6517 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6518 static char *
6519 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6520 {
6521 static char filename[1024];
6522 char *arg_p = *arg;
6523 int i;
6524 char c;
6525
6526 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6527 return NULL;
6528
6529 for (i = 0;; i++)
6530 {
6531 c = *arg_p;
6532 if (isspace (c))
6533 c = '\0';
6534 filename[i] = c;
6535 if (c == '\0')
6536 break;
6537 arg_p++;
6538 }
6539 *arg = arg_p;
6540
6541 return filename;
6542 }
6543
6544 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6545 process start/exit, etc. */
6546
6547 typedef enum
6548 {
6549 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
6550 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
6551 }
6552 catch_fork_kind;
6553
6554 static void
6555 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6556 {
6557 char *cond_string = NULL;
6558 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
6559 int tempflag;
6560
6561 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
6562 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
6563 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
6564
6565 if (!arg)
6566 arg = "";
6567 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6568
6569 /* The allowed syntax is:
6570 catch [v]fork
6571 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6572
6573 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6574 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6575
6576 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6577 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6578
6579 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6580 and enable reporting of such events. */
6581 switch (fork_kind)
6582 {
6583 case catch_fork_temporary:
6584 case catch_fork_permanent:
6585 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string,
6586 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
6587 break;
6588 case catch_vfork_temporary:
6589 case catch_vfork_permanent:
6590 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string,
6591 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
6592 break;
6593 default:
6594 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6595 break;
6596 }
6597 }
6598
6599 static void
6600 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6601 {
6602 int tempflag;
6603 char *cond_string = NULL;
6604
6605 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6606
6607 if (!arg)
6608 arg = "";
6609 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6610
6611 /* The allowed syntax is:
6612 catch exec
6613 catch exec if <cond>
6614
6615 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6616 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6617
6618 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6619 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6620
6621 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6622 and enable reporting of such events. */
6623 create_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
6624 }
6625
6626 static enum print_stop_action
6627 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6628 {
6629 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
6630
6631 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6632
6633 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6634 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
6635 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
6636 b->loc->address,
6637 b->number, 1);
6638 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
6639 ui_out_text (uiout,
6640 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
6641 : "Catchpoint ");
6642 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6643 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6644 ui_out_text (uiout,
6645 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
6646 : " (exception caught), ");
6647 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6648 {
6649 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6650 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
6651 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6652 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6653 }
6654 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6655 }
6656
6657 static void
6658 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6659 {
6660 struct value_print_options opts;
6661 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6662 if (opts.addressprint)
6663 {
6664 annotate_field (4);
6665 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
6666 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6667 else
6668 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6669 }
6670 annotate_field (5);
6671 if (b->loc)
6672 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6673 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6674 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6675 else
6676 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6677 }
6678
6679 static void
6680 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6681 {
6682 int bp_temp;
6683 int bp_throw;
6684
6685 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
6686 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6687 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
6688 : _("Catchpoint "));
6689 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6690 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
6691 : _(" (catch)"));
6692 }
6693
6694 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6695 NULL, /* insert */
6696 NULL, /* remove */
6697 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
6698 print_exception_catchpoint,
6699 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6700 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6701 };
6702
6703 static int
6704 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6705 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6706 {
6707 char *trigger_func_name;
6708
6709 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6710 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
6711 else
6712 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
6713
6714 break_command_really (trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
6715 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6716 tempflag, 0, 0,
6717 0,
6718 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
6719 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
6720 1 /* enabled */);
6721
6722 return 1;
6723 }
6724
6725 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6726
6727 static void
6728 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6729 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6730 {
6731 char *cond_string = NULL;
6732 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6733
6734 if (!arg)
6735 arg = "";
6736 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6737
6738 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6739
6740 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6741 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6742
6743 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6744 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6745 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6746
6747 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6748 return;
6749
6750 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6751 }
6752
6753 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
6754
6755 static void
6756 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6757 {
6758 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6759 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
6760 }
6761
6762 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
6763
6764 static void
6765 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6766 {
6767 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6768 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
6769 }
6770
6771 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6772
6773 static void
6774 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6775 char *addr_string,
6776 char *exp_string,
6777 char *cond_string,
6778 struct expression *cond,
6779 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6780 int tempflag,
6781 int from_tty)
6782 {
6783 struct breakpoint *b;
6784
6785 if (from_tty)
6786 {
6787 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6788 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6789 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6790 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6791 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6792 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6793 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6794 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6795 enough for now, though. */
6796 }
6797
6798 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6799 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6800
6801 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6802 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6803 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6804 b->ignore_count = 0;
6805 b->loc->cond = cond;
6806 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6807 b->language = language_ada;
6808 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6809 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6810 b->thread = -1;
6811 b->ops = ops;
6812
6813 mention (b);
6814 update_global_location_list (1);
6815 }
6816
6817 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6818
6819 static void
6820 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
6821 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6822 {
6823 int tempflag;
6824 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6825 enum bptype type;
6826 char *addr_string = NULL;
6827 char *exp_string = NULL;
6828 char *cond_string = NULL;
6829 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6830 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6831
6832 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6833
6834 if (!arg)
6835 arg = "";
6836 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6837 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6838 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6839 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6840 from_tty);
6841 }
6842
6843 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6844
6845 static void
6846 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6847 {
6848 int tempflag;
6849 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6850 char *addr_string = NULL;
6851 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6852
6853 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6854
6855 if (!arg)
6856 arg = "";
6857 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6858 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6859 tempflag, from_tty);
6860 }
6861
6862 static void
6863 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6864 {
6865 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6866 }
6867 \f
6868
6869 static void
6870 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6871 {
6872 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6873 }
6874
6875 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
6876
6877 static void
6878 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6879 {
6880 struct breakpoint *b;
6881 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
6882 int ix;
6883 int default_match;
6884 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6885 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6886 int i;
6887
6888 if (arg)
6889 {
6890 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6891 default_match = 0;
6892 }
6893 else
6894 {
6895 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6896 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6897 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
6898 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6899 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
6900 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
6901 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
6902 if (sal.symtab == 0)
6903 error (_("No source file specified."));
6904
6905 sals.sals[0] = sal;
6906 sals.nelts = 1;
6907
6908 default_match = 1;
6909 }
6910
6911 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
6912 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
6913 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
6914 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
6915 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
6916
6917 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
6918 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
6919 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
6920 due to optimization, all in one block.
6921 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
6922 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
6923 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
6924 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
6925 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
6926 to support that. */
6927
6928 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
6929 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
6930 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
6931 one breakpoint. */
6932
6933 found = NULL;
6934 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
6935 {
6936 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
6937 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
6938 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
6939 or at default pc.
6940
6941 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
6942
6943 0 1 pc
6944 1 1 pc _and_ line
6945 0 0 line
6946 1 0 <can't happen> */
6947
6948 sal = sals.sals[i];
6949
6950 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
6951 'found'. */
6952 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6953 {
6954 int match = 0;
6955 /* Are we going to delete b? */
6956 if (b->type != bp_none
6957 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
6958 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6959 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6960 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
6961 {
6962 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6963 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
6964 {
6965 int pc_match = sal.pc
6966 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
6967 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
6968 || loc->section == sal.section);
6969 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
6970 && b->source_file != NULL
6971 && sal.symtab != NULL
6972 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
6973 && b->line_number == sal.line);
6974 if (pc_match || line_match)
6975 {
6976 match = 1;
6977 break;
6978 }
6979 }
6980 }
6981
6982 if (match)
6983 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
6984 }
6985 }
6986 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
6987 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
6988 {
6989 if (arg)
6990 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
6991 else
6992 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
6993 }
6994
6995 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
6996 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
6997 if (from_tty)
6998 {
6999 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
7000 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
7001 else
7002 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
7003 }
7004 breakpoints_changed ();
7005
7006 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
7007 {
7008 if (from_tty)
7009 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
7010 delete_breakpoint (b);
7011 }
7012 if (from_tty)
7013 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
7014 }
7015 \f
7016 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
7017 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
7018 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
7019
7020 void
7021 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
7022 {
7023 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7024
7025 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
7026 if (bs->breakpoint_at
7027 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
7028 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
7029 && bs->stop)
7030 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
7031
7032 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7033 {
7034 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
7035 delete_breakpoint (b);
7036 }
7037 }
7038
7039 /* A cleanup function which destroys a vector. */
7040
7041 static void
7042 do_vec_free (void *p)
7043 {
7044 VEC(bp_location_p) **vec = p;
7045 if (*vec)
7046 VEC_free (bp_location_p, *vec);
7047 }
7048
7049 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
7050 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
7051 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
7052 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
7053 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
7054 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
7055 returns true on them.
7056
7057 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
7058 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
7059 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
7060 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
7061 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
7062 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
7063
7064 static void
7065 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
7066 {
7067 struct breakpoint *b;
7068 struct bp_location **next = &bp_location_chain;
7069 struct bp_location *loc;
7070 struct bp_location *loc2;
7071 VEC(bp_location_p) *old_locations = NULL;
7072 int ret;
7073 int ix;
7074 struct cleanup *cleanups;
7075
7076 cleanups = make_cleanup (do_vec_free, &old_locations);
7077 /* Store old locations for future reference. */
7078 for (loc = bp_location_chain; loc; loc = loc->global_next)
7079 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, old_locations, loc);
7080
7081 bp_location_chain = NULL;
7082 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7083 {
7084 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7085 {
7086 *next = loc;
7087 next = &(loc->global_next);
7088 *next = NULL;
7089 }
7090 }
7091
7092 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
7093 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
7094 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
7095 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
7096 we don't need to remove/insert the location. */
7097 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(bp_location_p, old_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7098 {
7099 /* Tells if 'loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
7100 have to free it. */
7101 int found_object = 0;
7102 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
7103 int keep_in_target = 0;
7104 int removed = 0;
7105 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7106 if (loc2 == loc)
7107 {
7108 found_object = 1;
7109 break;
7110 }
7111
7112 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
7113 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
7114 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
7115 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
7116 inserted. */
7117
7118 if (loc->inserted)
7119 {
7120 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
7121
7122 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (loc))
7123 {
7124 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
7125 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
7126 keep_in_target = 1;
7127 }
7128 else
7129 {
7130 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
7131 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
7132 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
7133 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
7134 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7135 {
7136 /* For the sake of should_insert_location. The
7137 call to check_duplicates will fix up this later. */
7138 loc2->duplicate = 0;
7139 if (should_be_inserted (loc2)
7140 && loc2 != loc && loc2->address == loc->address)
7141 {
7142 loc2->inserted = 1;
7143 loc2->target_info = loc->target_info;
7144 keep_in_target = 1;
7145 break;
7146 }
7147 }
7148 }
7149
7150 if (!keep_in_target)
7151 {
7152 if (remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted))
7153 {
7154 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
7155 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
7156 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
7157 succeed next time.
7158
7159 Note that at this point, loc->owner is still valid,
7160 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
7161 after calling us. */
7162 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
7163 loc->owner->number);
7164 }
7165 removed = 1;
7166 }
7167 }
7168
7169 if (!found_object)
7170 {
7171 if (removed && non_stop)
7172 {
7173 /* This location was removed from the targets. In non-stop mode,
7174 a race condition is possible where we've removed a breakpoint,
7175 but stop events for that breakpoint are already queued and will
7176 arrive later. To suppress spurious SIGTRAPs reported to user,
7177 we keep this breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
7178 after we see 3 * thread_count events.
7179 The theory here is that reporting of events should,
7180 "on the average", be fair, so after that many event we'll see
7181 events from all threads that have anything of interest, and no
7182 longer need to keep this breakpoint. This is just a
7183 heuristic, but if it's wrong, we'll report unexpected SIGTRAP,
7184 which is usability issue, but not a correctness problem. */
7185 loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
7186 loc->owner = NULL;
7187
7188 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, loc);
7189 }
7190 else
7191 free_bp_location (loc);
7192 }
7193 }
7194
7195 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7196 {
7197 check_duplicates (b);
7198 }
7199
7200 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
7201 && (target_has_execution
7202 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
7203 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
7204
7205 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7206 }
7207
7208 void
7209 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
7210 {
7211 struct bp_location *loc;
7212 int ix;
7213
7214 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7215 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
7216 {
7217 free_bp_location (loc);
7218 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
7219 --ix;
7220 }
7221 }
7222
7223 static void
7224 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
7225 {
7226 struct gdb_exception e;
7227 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7228 update_global_location_list (inserting);
7229 }
7230
7231 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
7232 static void
7233 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
7234 {
7235 bpstat bs;
7236 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
7237 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
7238 {
7239 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7240 bs->old_val = NULL;
7241 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7242 }
7243 }
7244
7245 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
7246 static int
7247 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
7248 {
7249 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
7250 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th->stop_bpstat, bpt);
7251 return 0;
7252 }
7253
7254 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
7255 structures. */
7256
7257 void
7258 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7259 {
7260 struct breakpoint *b;
7261 struct bp_location *loc, *next;
7262
7263 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
7264
7265 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
7266 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
7267
7268 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
7269 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
7270 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
7271 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
7272 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
7273
7274 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
7275 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
7276 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
7277 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
7278 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
7279 return;
7280
7281 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt->number);
7282
7283 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
7284 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
7285
7286 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7287 if (b->next == bpt)
7288 {
7289 b->next = bpt->next;
7290 break;
7291 }
7292
7293 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7294 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7295 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7296 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7297 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7298 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7299 xfree (bpt->exp);
7300 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7301 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7302 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7303 value_free (bpt->val);
7304 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7305 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7306 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7307 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7308
7309 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7310 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7311 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
7312 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
7313 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
7314 if we remove it here, then the later call to
7315 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
7316 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
7317 with commands won't work. */
7318
7319 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
7320
7321 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
7322 list, update the global location list. This
7323 will remove locations that used to belong to
7324 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
7325 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
7326 looks at location's owner. It might be better
7327 design to have location completely self-contained,
7328 but it's not the case now. */
7329 update_global_location_list (0);
7330
7331
7332 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7333 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7334 bpt->type = bp_none;
7335
7336 xfree (bpt);
7337 }
7338
7339 static void
7340 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7341 {
7342 delete_breakpoint (b);
7343 }
7344
7345 struct cleanup *
7346 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7347 {
7348 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7349 }
7350
7351 void
7352 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7353 {
7354 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7355
7356 dont_repeat ();
7357
7358 if (arg == 0)
7359 {
7360 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7361
7362 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7363 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7364 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7366 {
7367 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7368 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7369 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7370 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7371 b->number >= 0)
7372 {
7373 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7374 break;
7375 }
7376 }
7377
7378 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7379 if (!from_tty
7380 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7381 {
7382 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7383 {
7384 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7385 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7386 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7387 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7388 b->number >= 0)
7389 delete_breakpoint (b);
7390 }
7391 }
7392 }
7393 else
7394 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7395 }
7396
7397 static int
7398 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7399 {
7400 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7401 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7402 return 0;
7403 return 1;
7404 }
7405
7406 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
7407 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
7408 Null names are ignored. */
7409
7410 static int
7411 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
7412 {
7413 struct bp_location *l;
7414 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
7415 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq,
7416 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
7417
7418 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7419 {
7420 const char **slot;
7421 const char *name = l->function_name;
7422
7423 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
7424 if (name == NULL)
7425 continue;
7426
7427 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
7428 INSERT);
7429 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
7430 NULL. */
7431 if (*slot != NULL)
7432 {
7433 htab_delete (htab);
7434 return 1;
7435 }
7436 *slot = name;
7437 }
7438
7439 htab_delete (htab);
7440 return 0;
7441 }
7442
7443 static void
7444 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7445 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7446 {
7447 int i;
7448 char *s;
7449 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7450
7451 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7452 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
7453 the common case where all locations are in the same
7454 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7455 retain the location, so that when the library
7456 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7457 status of the individual locations. */
7458 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7459 return;
7460
7461 b->loc = NULL;
7462
7463 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7464 {
7465 struct bp_location *new_loc =
7466 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
7467
7468 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7469 old symtab. */
7470 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7471 {
7472 struct gdb_exception e;
7473
7474 s = b->cond_string;
7475 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7476 {
7477 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7478 0);
7479 }
7480 if (e.reason < 0)
7481 {
7482 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7483 b->number, e.message);
7484 new_loc->enabled = 0;
7485 }
7486 }
7487
7488 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7489 xfree (b->source_file);
7490 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7491 b->source_file = NULL;
7492 else
7493 b->source_file =
7494 savestring (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename,
7495 strlen (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename));
7496
7497 if (b->line_number == 0)
7498 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7499 }
7500
7501 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
7502 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7503 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7504
7505 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
7506 {
7507 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7508 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
7509 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
7510 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
7511 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
7512 often enough until a better solution is found. */
7513 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
7514
7515 for (; e; e = e->next)
7516 {
7517 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7518 {
7519 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7520 if (have_ambiguous_names)
7521 {
7522 for (; l; l = l->next)
7523 if (e->address == l->address)
7524 {
7525 l->enabled = 0;
7526 break;
7527 }
7528 }
7529 else
7530 {
7531 for (; l; l = l->next)
7532 if (l->function_name
7533 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7534 {
7535 l->enabled = 0;
7536 break;
7537 }
7538 }
7539 }
7540 }
7541 }
7542
7543 update_global_location_list (1);
7544 }
7545
7546
7547 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7548 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7549 Unused in this case. */
7550
7551 static int
7552 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7553 {
7554 /* get past catch_errs */
7555 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7556 struct value *mark;
7557 int i;
7558 int not_found = 0;
7559 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7560 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7561 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7562 char *s;
7563 enum enable_state save_enable;
7564 struct gdb_exception e;
7565 struct cleanup *cleanups;
7566
7567 switch (b->type)
7568 {
7569 case bp_none:
7570 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7571 b->number);
7572 return 0;
7573 case bp_breakpoint:
7574 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7575 case bp_tracepoint:
7576 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7577 {
7578 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7579 delete_breakpoint (b);
7580 return 0;
7581 }
7582
7583 set_language (b->language);
7584 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7585 s = b->addr_string;
7586 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7587 {
7588 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7589 not_found_ptr);
7590 }
7591 if (e.reason < 0)
7592 {
7593 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7594 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7595 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7596 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7597 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7598 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7599 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
7600 if (not_found
7601 && (b->condition_not_parsed
7602 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7603 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7604 not_found_and_ok = 1;
7605
7606 if (!not_found_and_ok)
7607 {
7608 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7609 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
7610 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
7611 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
7612 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7613 which approach is better. */
7614 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7615 throw_exception (e);
7616 }
7617 }
7618
7619 if (not_found)
7620 break;
7621
7622 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7623 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7624 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7625 {
7626 char *cond_string = 0;
7627 int thread = -1;
7628 int task = 0;
7629
7630 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7631 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
7632 if (cond_string)
7633 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7634 b->thread = thread;
7635 b->task = task;
7636 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7637 }
7638 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
7639 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
7640 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
7641 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7642 break;
7643
7644 case bp_watchpoint:
7645 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7646 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7647 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7648 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
7649 or it can be on local variables.
7650
7651 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
7652 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
7653 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
7654 and unloaded.
7655
7656 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
7657 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
7658 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
7659 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
7660 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
7661 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
7662
7663 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
7664 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
7665 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
7666 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
7667
7668 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
7669 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
7670
7671 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
7672 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
7673 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
7674 break;
7675 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7676 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7677 loaded. */
7678 case bp_catchpoint:
7679 break;
7680
7681 default:
7682 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7683 /* fall through */
7684 /* Delete overlay event breakpoints; they will be reset later by
7685 breakpoint_re_set. */
7686 case bp_overlay_event:
7687 delete_breakpoint (b);
7688 break;
7689
7690 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7691 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7692 case bp_shlib_event:
7693
7694 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7695 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7696 case bp_thread_event:
7697
7698 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7699 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7700 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7701 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7702 case bp_until:
7703 case bp_finish:
7704 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7705 case bp_call_dummy:
7706 case bp_step_resume:
7707 case bp_longjmp:
7708 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7709 break;
7710 }
7711
7712 return 0;
7713 }
7714
7715 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded.
7716
7717 If OBJFILE is non-null, create overlay break point only in OBJFILE
7718 (speed optimization). Otherwise rescan all loaded objfiles. */
7719
7720 void
7721 breakpoint_re_set_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7722 {
7723 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7724 enum language save_language;
7725 int save_input_radix;
7726
7727 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7728 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7729 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7730 {
7731 /* Format possible error msg */
7732 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7733 b->number);
7734 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7735 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7736 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7737 }
7738 set_language (save_language);
7739 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7740
7741 if (objfile == NULL)
7742 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
7743 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event", objfile);
7744 else
7745 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event", objfile);
7746 }
7747
7748 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7749
7750 void
7751 breakpoint_re_set (void)
7752 {
7753 breakpoint_re_set_objfile (NULL);
7754 }
7755 \f
7756 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7757
7758 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7759 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7760 void
7761 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7762 {
7763 if (b->thread != -1)
7764 {
7765 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7766 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7767 }
7768 }
7769
7770 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7771 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7772 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7773
7774 void
7775 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7776 {
7777 struct breakpoint *b;
7778
7779 if (count < 0)
7780 count = 0;
7781
7782 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7783 if (b->number == bptnum)
7784 {
7785 b->ignore_count = count;
7786 if (from_tty)
7787 {
7788 if (count == 0)
7789 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7790 bptnum);
7791 else if (count == 1)
7792 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7793 bptnum);
7794 else
7795 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7796 count, bptnum);
7797 }
7798 breakpoints_changed ();
7799 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
7800 return;
7801 }
7802
7803 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7804 }
7805
7806 void
7807 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint *b)
7808 {
7809 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
7810 b->silent = 1;
7811 }
7812
7813 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7814
7815 static void
7816 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7817 {
7818 char *p = args;
7819 int num;
7820
7821 if (p == 0)
7822 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7823
7824 num = get_number (&p);
7825 if (num == 0)
7826 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7827 if (*p == 0)
7828 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7829
7830 set_ignore_count (num,
7831 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7832 from_tty);
7833 if (from_tty)
7834 printf_filtered ("\n");
7835 }
7836 \f
7837 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7838 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7839
7840 static void
7841 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7842 {
7843 char *p = args;
7844 char *p1;
7845 int num;
7846 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7847 int match;
7848
7849 if (p == 0)
7850 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7851
7852 while (*p)
7853 {
7854 match = 0;
7855 p1 = p;
7856
7857 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7858 if (num == 0)
7859 {
7860 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7861 }
7862 else
7863 {
7864 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7865 if (b->number == num)
7866 {
7867 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7868 match = 1;
7869 function (b);
7870 if (related_breakpoint)
7871 function (related_breakpoint);
7872 break;
7873 }
7874 if (match == 0)
7875 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7876 }
7877 p = p1;
7878 }
7879 }
7880
7881 static struct bp_location *
7882 find_location_by_number (char *number)
7883 {
7884 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7885 char *p1;
7886 int bp_num;
7887 int loc_num;
7888 struct breakpoint *b;
7889 struct bp_location *loc;
7890
7891 *dot = '\0';
7892
7893 p1 = number;
7894 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7895 if (bp_num == 0)
7896 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7897
7898 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7899 if (b->number == bp_num)
7900 {
7901 break;
7902 }
7903
7904 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7905 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7906
7907 p1 = dot+1;
7908 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7909 if (loc_num == 0)
7910 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
7911
7912 --loc_num;
7913 loc = b->loc;
7914 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
7915 ;
7916 if (!loc)
7917 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
7918
7919 return loc;
7920 }
7921
7922
7923 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7924 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7925 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7926
7927 void
7928 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7929 {
7930 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7931 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7932 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
7933 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7934 return;
7935
7936 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
7937 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7938 return;
7939
7940 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7941
7942 update_global_location_list (0);
7943
7944 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
7945 }
7946
7947 static void
7948 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7949 {
7950 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7951 if (args == 0)
7952 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7953 switch (bpt->type)
7954 {
7955 case bp_none:
7956 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7957 bpt->number);
7958 continue;
7959 case bp_breakpoint:
7960 case bp_tracepoint:
7961 case bp_catchpoint:
7962 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7963 case bp_watchpoint:
7964 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7965 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7966 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7967 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
7968 default:
7969 continue;
7970 }
7971 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
7972 {
7973 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
7974 if (loc)
7975 loc->enabled = 0;
7976 update_global_location_list (0);
7977 }
7978 else
7979 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
7980 }
7981
7982 static void
7983 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
7984 {
7985 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
7986 struct value *mark;
7987
7988 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7989 {
7990 int i;
7991 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7992 target_resources_ok =
7993 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7994 i + 1, 0);
7995 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7996 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7997 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7998 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7999 }
8000
8001 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
8002 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
8003 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
8004 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
8005 {
8006 struct gdb_exception e;
8007
8008 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
8009 {
8010 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
8011 }
8012 if (e.reason < 0)
8013 {
8014 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
8015 bpt->number);
8016 return;
8017 }
8018 }
8019
8020 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
8021 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8022 bpt->disposition = disposition;
8023 update_global_location_list (1);
8024 breakpoints_changed ();
8025
8026 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
8027 }
8028
8029
8030 void
8031 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8032 {
8033 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
8034 }
8035
8036 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
8037 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
8038 in stopping the inferior. */
8039
8040 static void
8041 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8042 {
8043 struct breakpoint *bpt;
8044 if (args == 0)
8045 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
8046 switch (bpt->type)
8047 {
8048 case bp_none:
8049 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8050 bpt->number);
8051 continue;
8052 case bp_breakpoint:
8053 case bp_tracepoint:
8054 case bp_catchpoint:
8055 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
8056 case bp_watchpoint:
8057 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8058 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8059 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8060 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
8061 default:
8062 continue;
8063 }
8064 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8065 {
8066 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8067 if (loc)
8068 loc->enabled = 1;
8069 update_global_location_list (1);
8070 }
8071 else
8072 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
8073 }
8074
8075 static void
8076 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8077 {
8078 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
8079 }
8080
8081 static void
8082 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8083 {
8084 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
8085 }
8086
8087 static void
8088 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8089 {
8090 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
8091 }
8092
8093 static void
8094 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8095 {
8096 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
8097 }
8098 \f
8099 static void
8100 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8101 {
8102 }
8103
8104 static void
8105 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8106 {
8107 }
8108
8109 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
8110
8111 struct symtabs_and_lines
8112 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
8113 {
8114 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8115 if (string == 0)
8116 error (_("Empty line specification."));
8117 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8118 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8119 default_breakpoint_symtab,
8120 default_breakpoint_line,
8121 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8122 else
8123 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8124 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8125 if (*string)
8126 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
8127 return sals;
8128 }
8129
8130 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
8131 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
8132 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
8133 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
8134 someday. */
8135
8136 void *
8137 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
8138 {
8139 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
8140
8141 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8142 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8143
8144 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
8145 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
8146 {
8147 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
8148 xfree (bp_tgt);
8149 return NULL;
8150 }
8151
8152 return bp_tgt;
8153 }
8154
8155 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
8156
8157 int
8158 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
8159 {
8160 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
8161 int ret;
8162
8163 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
8164 xfree (bp_tgt);
8165
8166 return ret;
8167 }
8168
8169 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
8170
8171 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
8172
8173 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
8174
8175 void
8176 insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
8177 {
8178 void **bpt_p;
8179
8180 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
8181 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
8182 else
8183 {
8184 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
8185 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
8186 }
8187
8188 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
8189 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
8190 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
8191 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
8192 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
8193 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
8194
8195 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
8196 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
8197 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
8198 paddr_nz (next_pc));
8199 }
8200
8201 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
8202
8203 void
8204 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
8205 {
8206 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
8207
8208 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
8209 call. */
8210 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
8211 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
8212
8213 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
8214 {
8215 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
8216 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
8217 }
8218 }
8219
8220 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
8221
8222 static int
8223 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
8224 {
8225 int i;
8226
8227 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
8228 {
8229 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
8230 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
8231 return 1;
8232 }
8233
8234 return 0;
8235 }
8236
8237 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
8238
8239 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
8240 static void
8241 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
8242 {
8243 tracepoint_count = num;
8244 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"),
8245 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int32, (LONGEST) num));
8246 }
8247
8248 void
8249 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8250 {
8251 break_command_really (arg,
8252 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8253 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
8254 1 /* traceflag */,
8255 0 /* Ignore count */,
8256 pending_break_support,
8257 NULL,
8258 from_tty,
8259 1 /* enabled */);
8260 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8261 }
8262
8263 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
8264 omitted. */
8265
8266 static void
8267 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp, int from_tty)
8268 {
8269 struct breakpoint *b;
8270 int tps_to_list = 0;
8271
8272 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
8273 if (tpnum_exp == 0)
8274 {
8275 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
8276 {
8277 if (b->number >= 0)
8278 {
8279 tps_to_list = 1;
8280 break;
8281 }
8282 }
8283 if (!tps_to_list)
8284 {
8285 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
8286 return;
8287 }
8288 }
8289
8290 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
8291 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp, from_tty);
8292 }
8293
8294 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
8295 Not supported by all targets. */
8296 static void
8297 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8298 {
8299 enable_command (args, from_tty);
8300 }
8301
8302 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
8303 Not supported by all targets. */
8304 static void
8305 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8306 {
8307 disable_command (args, from_tty);
8308 }
8309
8310 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
8311 static void
8312 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8313 {
8314 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
8315
8316 dont_repeat ();
8317
8318 if (arg == 0)
8319 {
8320 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
8321
8322 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8323 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8324 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8325 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
8326 {
8327 if (b->number >= 0)
8328 {
8329 breaks_to_delete = 1;
8330 break;
8331 }
8332 }
8333
8334 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8335 if (!from_tty
8336 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
8337 {
8338 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
8339 {
8340 if (b->type == bp_tracepoint &&
8341 b->number >= 0)
8342 delete_breakpoint (b);
8343 }
8344 }
8345 }
8346 else
8347 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
8348 }
8349
8350 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
8351
8352 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
8353 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
8354 Also accepts special argument "all". */
8355
8356 static void
8357 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8358 {
8359 struct breakpoint *t1 = (struct breakpoint *) -1, *t2;
8360 unsigned int count;
8361 int all = 0;
8362
8363 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
8364 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
8365
8366 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
8367
8368 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
8369 args++;
8370
8371 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
8372 {
8373 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
8374 all = 1;
8375 if (*args)
8376 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8377 }
8378 else
8379 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 1);
8380
8381 do
8382 {
8383 if (t1)
8384 {
8385 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2)
8386 if (t1 == (struct breakpoint *) -1 || t1 == t2)
8387 {
8388 t2->pass_count = count;
8389 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2->number);
8390 if (from_tty)
8391 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
8392 t2->number, count);
8393 }
8394 if (! all && *args)
8395 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 0);
8396 }
8397 }
8398 while (*args);
8399 }
8400
8401 struct breakpoint *
8402 get_tracepoint (int num)
8403 {
8404 struct breakpoint *t;
8405
8406 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
8407 if (t->number == num)
8408 return t;
8409
8410 return NULL;
8411 }
8412
8413 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
8414 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
8415 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
8416 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
8417 struct breakpoint *
8418 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg, int multi_p, int optional_p)
8419 {
8420 extern int tracepoint_count;
8421 struct breakpoint *t;
8422 int tpnum;
8423 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
8424
8425 if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
8426 {
8427 if (optional_p)
8428 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
8429 else
8430 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
8431 }
8432 else
8433 tpnum = multi_p ? get_number_or_range (arg) : get_number (arg);
8434
8435 if (tpnum <= 0)
8436 {
8437 if (instring && *instring)
8438 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
8439 instring);
8440 else
8441 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
8442 return NULL;
8443 }
8444
8445 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
8446 if (t->number == tpnum)
8447 {
8448 return t;
8449 }
8450
8451 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
8452 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
8453 allow us to discover this. */
8454 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
8455 return NULL;
8456 }
8457
8458 /* save-tracepoints command */
8459 static void
8460 tracepoint_save_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8461 {
8462 struct breakpoint *tp;
8463 int any_tp = 0;
8464 struct action_line *line;
8465 FILE *fp;
8466 char *i1 = " ", *i2 = " ";
8467 char *indent, *actionline, *pathname;
8468 char tmp[40];
8469 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8470
8471 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
8472 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
8473
8474 /* See if we have anything to save. */
8475 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8476 {
8477 any_tp = 1;
8478 break;
8479 }
8480 if (!any_tp)
8481 {
8482 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
8483 return;
8484 }
8485
8486 pathname = tilde_expand (args);
8487 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
8488 if (!(fp = fopen (pathname, "w")))
8489 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
8490 args, safe_strerror (errno));
8491 make_cleanup_fclose (fp);
8492
8493 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8494 {
8495 if (tp->addr_string)
8496 fprintf (fp, "trace %s\n", tp->addr_string);
8497 else
8498 {
8499 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
8500 fprintf (fp, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp);
8501 }
8502
8503 if (tp->pass_count)
8504 fprintf (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
8505
8506 if (tp->actions)
8507 {
8508 fprintf (fp, " actions\n");
8509 indent = i1;
8510 for (line = tp->actions; line; line = line->next)
8511 {
8512 struct cmd_list_element *cmd;
8513
8514 QUIT; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
8515 actionline = line->action;
8516 while (isspace ((int) *actionline))
8517 actionline++;
8518
8519 fprintf (fp, "%s%s\n", indent, actionline);
8520 if (*actionline != '#') /* skip for comment lines */
8521 {
8522 cmd = lookup_cmd (&actionline, cmdlist, "", -1, 1);
8523 if (cmd == 0)
8524 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline);
8525 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd, while_stepping_pseudocommand))
8526 indent = i2;
8527 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd, end_actions_pseudocommand))
8528 indent = i1;
8529 }
8530 }
8531 }
8532 }
8533 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8534 if (from_tty)
8535 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args);
8536 return;
8537 }
8538
8539 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
8540
8541 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
8542 all_tracepoints ()
8543 {
8544 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
8545 struct breakpoint *tp;
8546
8547 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8548 {
8549 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
8550 }
8551
8552 return tp_vec;
8553 }
8554
8555 \f
8556 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
8557 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
8558 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
8559 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
8560 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
8561 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8562 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
8563 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
8564 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
8565 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
8566 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
8567 \n\
8568 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
8569 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
8570 \n\
8571 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
8572 \n\
8573 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8574
8575 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
8576 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
8577
8578 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
8579 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
8580
8581 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
8582 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
8583 static void
8584 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
8585 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
8586 struct cmd_list_element *command),
8587 void *user_data_catch,
8588 void *user_data_tcatch)
8589 {
8590 struct cmd_list_element *command;
8591
8592 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
8593 &catch_cmdlist);
8594 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
8595 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
8596
8597 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
8598 &tcatch_cmdlist);
8599 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
8600 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
8601 }
8602
8603 void
8604 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
8605 {
8606 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8607 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8608 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8609
8610 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8611
8612 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8613 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8614 before a breakpoint is set. */
8615 breakpoint_count = 0;
8616
8617 tracepoint_count = 0;
8618
8619 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8620 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8621 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8622 if (xdb_commands)
8623 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8624
8625 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8626 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8627 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8628 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8629 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8630 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8631 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8632 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8633
8634 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8635 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8636 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8637 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8638
8639 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8640 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8641 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8642 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8643 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8644 \n"
8645 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8646 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8647
8648 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8649 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8650 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8651 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8652 \n"
8653 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8654 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8655
8656 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8657 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8658 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8659 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8660 \n"
8661 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8662 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8663
8664 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8665 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8666 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8667 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8668 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8669 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8670 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8671 if (xdb_commands)
8672 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8673 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8674 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8675 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8676 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8677 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8678
8679 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8680
8681 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8682 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8683 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8684 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8685 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8686 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8687
8688 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8689 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8690 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8691 &enablebreaklist);
8692
8693 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8694 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8695 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8696 &enablebreaklist);
8697
8698 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8699 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8700 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8701 &enablelist);
8702
8703 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8704 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8705 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8706 &enablelist);
8707
8708 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8709 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8710 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8711 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8712 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8713 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8714 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8715 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8716 if (xdb_commands)
8717 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8718 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8719 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8720 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8721 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8722
8723 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8724 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8725 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8726 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8727 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8728 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8729 &disablelist);
8730
8731 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8732 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8733 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8734 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8735 \n\
8736 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8737 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8738 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8739 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8740 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8741 if (xdb_commands)
8742 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8743 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8744 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8745 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8746
8747 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8748 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8749 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8750 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8751 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8752 &deletelist);
8753
8754 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8755 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8756 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8757 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8758 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8759 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8760 \n\
8761 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8762 is executing in.\n\
8763 \n\
8764 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8765
8766 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8767 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8768 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8769 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8770
8771 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8772 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8773 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8774 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8775
8776 if (xdb_commands)
8777 {
8778 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8779 add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8780 }
8781
8782 if (dbx_commands)
8783 {
8784 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8785 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8786 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8787 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8788 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8789 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8790 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8791 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8792 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8793 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8794 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8795 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8796 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8797 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8798 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8799 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8800 \n\
8801 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8802 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8803 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8804 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8805 breakpoint set."));
8806 }
8807
8808 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8809 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8810 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8811 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8812 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8813 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8814 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8815 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8816 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8817 \n\
8818 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8819 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8820 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8821 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8822 breakpoint set."));
8823
8824 if (xdb_commands)
8825 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8826 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8827 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8828 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8829 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8830 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8831 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8832 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8833 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8834 \n\
8835 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8836 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8837 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8838 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8839 breakpoint set."));
8840
8841 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8842 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8843 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8844 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8845 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8846 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8847 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8848 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8849 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8850 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8851 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8852 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8853 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8854 \n\
8855 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8856 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8857 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8858 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8859 breakpoint set."),
8860 &maintenanceinfolist);
8861
8862 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8863 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
8864 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
8865 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
8866
8867 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8868 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
8869 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
8870 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
8871
8872 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
8873 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
8874 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
8875 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8876 catch_catch_command,
8877 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8878 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8879 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
8880 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
8881 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8882 catch_throw_command,
8883 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8884 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8885 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
8886 catch_fork_command_1,
8887 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
8888 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
8889 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
8890 catch_fork_command_1,
8891 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
8892 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
8893 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
8894 catch_exec_command_1,
8895 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8896 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8897 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
8898 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
8899 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8900 catch_ada_exception_command,
8901 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8902 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8903 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
8904 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
8905 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8906 catch_assert_command,
8907 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8908 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8909
8910 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8911 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8912 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8913 an expression changes."));
8914 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8915
8916 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8917 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8918 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8919 an expression is read."));
8920 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8921
8922 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8923 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8924 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8925 an expression is either read or written."));
8926 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8927
8928 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8929 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8930
8931
8932 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8933 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8934 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8935 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8936 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8937 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8938 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8939 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8940 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8941 hardware.)"),
8942 NULL,
8943 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8944 &setlist, &showlist);
8945
8946 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8947
8948 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
8949
8950 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
8951 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
8952 \n"
8953 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
8954 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
8955 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8956
8957 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
8958 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8959 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8960 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8961
8962 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
8963 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
8964 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
8965 last tracepoint set."));
8966
8967 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
8968
8969 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
8970 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
8971 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
8972 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
8973 &deletelist);
8974
8975 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
8976 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
8977 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
8978 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
8979 &disablelist);
8980 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
8981
8982 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
8983 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
8984 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
8985 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
8986 &enablelist);
8987 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
8988
8989 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
8990 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
8991 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
8992 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
8993 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
8994
8995 c = add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace, tracepoint_save_command, _("\
8996 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
8997 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
8998 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
8999
9000 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
9001 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
9002 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
9003 pending breakpoint behavior"),
9004 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
9005 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
9006 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
9007 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
9008 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
9009 pending breakpoint behavior"),
9010 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
9011 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
9012
9013 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
9014 &pending_break_support, _("\
9015 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
9016 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
9017 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
9018 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
9019 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
9020 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
9021 NULL,
9022 show_pending_break_support,
9023 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9024 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9025
9026 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
9027
9028 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
9029 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
9030 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
9031 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
9032 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
9033 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
9034 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
9035 NULL,
9036 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
9037 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9038 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9039
9040 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
9041 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
9042 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
9043 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
9044 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
9045 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
9046 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
9047 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
9048 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
9049 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
9050 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
9051 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
9052 NULL,
9053 &show_always_inserted_mode,
9054 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9055 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9056
9057 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
9058
9059 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
9060 }
This page took 0.242676 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.